1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
66 \default_output_format default
70 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
71 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
76 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
77 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
91 \paperorientation portrait
92 \backgroundcolor #ffffff
103 \paragraph_separation indent
105 \quotes_language english
108 \paperpagestyle default
109 \tracking_changes false
110 \output_changes false
127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
129 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
131 \begin_inset CommandInset href
133 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
144 \begin_inset Newline newline
148 \begin_inset Newline newline
152 \begin_inset Note Note
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
156 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
157 \begin_inset Newline newline
162 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
170 \begin_layout Standard
171 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
172 LatexCommand tableofcontents
179 \begin_layout Chapter
183 \begin_layout Section
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 LyX is a document preparation system.
189 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
190 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
191 It is unlike most other
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
199 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
201 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 pt type, left justified, 5
218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
230 \begin_layout Standard
231 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
248 \begin_layout Standard
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
262 the format of all of the manuals.
263 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
264 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
281 \begin_layout Section
285 \begin_layout Standard
286 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
288 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
289 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
293 \begin_layout Standard
294 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
295 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
296 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
298 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
299 only a vertical scrollbar.
300 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
301 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
302 This, however, is due
303 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
304 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
305 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
306 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
308 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
309 this doesn't work for equations yet.
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
321 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
326 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
327 ing sections of this documentation.
330 \begin_layout Section
334 \begin_layout Standard
335 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
340 of the manuals from inside LyX.
341 Just select the manual you want read from the
348 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
352 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
359 \begin_layout Standard
360 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
361 without resorting to configuration files.
362 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
363 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
364 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
369 \begin_inset Index idx
372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
379 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
380 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
385 \begin_inset space \space{}
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_inset Index idx
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_inset Index idx
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_inset Index idx
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that — a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify them as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
815 \begin_inset Index idx
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
837 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 \begin_inset Index idx
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1030 \begin_inset Index idx
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1040 \begin_inset Index idx
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 \begin_layout Standard
1178 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1179 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1181 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1186 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1193 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_inset Index idx
1198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_inset Index idx
1208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1217 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1224 \begin_layout Standard
1225 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1226 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1229 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1232 or the toolbar button
1233 \begin_inset Graphics
1234 filename ../images/undo.png
1235 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1239 to undo some mistake.
1240 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1245 or the toolbar button
1246 \begin_inset Graphics
1247 filename ../images/redo.png
1248 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1260 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1264 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1267 \begin_layout Standard
1268 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1278 This is a consequence of the 100
1279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1282 step undo limit, above.
1285 \begin_layout Standard
1294 work on almost everything in LyX.
1295 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1299 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_inset Index idx
1304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1317 \begin_layout Enumerate
1322 \begin_layout Itemize
1327 once anywhere in the edit window.
1328 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1332 \begin_layout Enumerate
1337 \begin_layout Itemize
1343 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1346 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1349 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1352 \begin_layout Itemize
1353 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1355 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1362 \begin_layout Enumerate
1363 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1367 \begin_layout Standard
1368 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1369 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1373 \begin_layout Enumerate
1378 \begin_layout Standard
1383 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1388 \begin_layout Section
1390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1392 name "sec:Navigating"
1397 \begin_inset Index idx
1400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1409 \begin_layout Standard
1410 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1413 \begin_layout Itemize
1418 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1419 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1422 \begin_layout Itemize
1425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1428 or the toolbar button
1429 \begin_inset Graphics
1430 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1438 \begin_layout Standard
1439 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1440 (TOC) that is described in section
1441 \begin_inset space ~
1445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1447 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1452 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1454 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1455 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1456 to the document, see section
1457 \begin_inset space ~
1461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1463 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1472 option sorts the current list, and the
1476 option keeps it in the current view state.
1477 Keeping means that when you have e.
1478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1482 \begin_inset space \space{}
1485 the subsections of section
1486 \begin_inset space ~
1489 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1490 \begin_inset space ~
1493 3, the subsections of section
1494 \begin_inset space ~
1497 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1502 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1509 \begin_layout Standard
1511 \begin_inset space \space{}
1515 \begin_inset Graphics
1516 filename ../images/down.png
1517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1522 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1527 \begin_inset space \space{}
1531 \begin_inset Graphics
1532 filename ../images/up.png
1533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1538 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1542 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1544 So you can for example move section
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1549 \begin_inset space ~
1553 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1555 \begin_inset Graphics
1556 filename ../images/promote.png
1557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1562 \begin_inset Graphics
1563 filename ../images/demote.png
1564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 or the corresponding key bindings
1576 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1577 So you can for example make section
1578 \begin_inset space ~
1582 \begin_inset space ~
1586 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_layout Section
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1604 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1609 \begin_inset Index idx
1612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1619 \begin_inset Index idx
1622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Standard
1654 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1656 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1657 is used to propose completions.
1660 \begin_layout Standard
1661 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1662 there are completions available.
1663 You can then press the
1667 key to use this completion.
1668 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1669 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1670 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1680 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1683 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1685 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1688 by deselecting the option
1695 Automatic inline completion
1697 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1698 To accept this proposal, use the
1707 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1708 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1716 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1723 \begin_layout Section
1725 \begin_inset Index idx
1728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1735 \begin_inset Index idx
1738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1803 LyX's default is CUA.
1806 \begin_layout Standard
1810 \begin_inset space ~
1818 \begin_inset space ~
1839 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1843 \begin_layout Labeling
1844 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1848 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1849 LatexCommand nomenclature
1851 description "Tabulator key"
1857 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1858 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1859 \begin_inset space ~
1863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1865 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1872 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1876 , especially section
1877 \begin_inset space ~
1881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1883 reference "sub:Lists"
1889 If you're still confused, look in the
1896 \begin_layout Labeling
1897 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1901 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1902 LatexCommand nomenclature
1904 description "Escape key"
1911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1918 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1919 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1922 \begin_layout Labeling
1923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1929 \begin_inset space ~
1933 \begin_inset space ~
1940 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1941 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1946 There are three modifier keys:
1949 \begin_layout Labeling
1950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1969 LatexCommand nomenclature
1971 description "Control key"
1975 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1976 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1980 \begin_layout Itemize
1989 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1992 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2004 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2017 \begin_layout Labeling
2018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2036 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2037 LatexCommand nomenclature
2039 description "Shift key"
2043 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2044 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2047 \begin_layout Labeling
2048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2067 LatexCommand nomenclature
2069 description "Alt or Meta key"
2073 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2074 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2075 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2081 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2083 menu accelerator keys
2086 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2087 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2091 \begin_layout Standard
2092 For example, the sequence
2093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2099 \begin_inset space ~
2103 \begin_inset space ~
2109 \begin_inset space ~
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2152 \begin_layout Standard
2157 manual lists all other things bound to the
2165 \begin_layout Standard
2166 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2167 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2168 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2169 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2170 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2171 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2172 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2173 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 followed by a capital
2196 \begin_layout Standard
2197 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2199 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2204 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2207 as explained in sec.
2208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2214 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2221 \begin_layout Chapter
2223 \begin_inset Index idx
2226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2235 \begin_layout Section
2237 \begin_inset Index idx
2240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2249 \begin_layout Subsection
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2255 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2256 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2257 numbering schemes, and so on.
2258 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2259 and format the title of your document differently.
2262 \begin_layout Standard
2267 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2268 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2269 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2270 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2271 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2276 how to adjust their properties.
2279 \begin_layout Subsection
2281 \begin_inset Index idx
2284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2293 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 You can select a class using the
2303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2305 \begin_inset Index idx
2308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2317 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2330 \begin_layout Description
2331 Article for basic articles
2334 \begin_layout Description
2335 Report for basic reports
2338 \begin_layout Description
2339 Book for writing a book
2342 \begin_layout Description
2343 Letter for US-style letters
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2349 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2350 can be found in chapter
2352 Special Document Classes
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2365 \begin_layout Description
2372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2381 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2387 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2388 There are three article layouts available.
2389 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2390 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2391 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2392 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2397 sequential numbering
2398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2401 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2402 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2403 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2404 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2407 \begin_layout Description
2408 Beamer Layout for presentations
2411 \begin_layout Description
2412 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2413 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2417 \begin_layout Description
2419 \begin_inset space ~
2422 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2425 \begin_layout Description
2426 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2429 \begin_layout Description
2432 Die TeXnische Komödie
2434 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2437 \begin_layout Description
2438 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2441 \begin_layout Description
2442 Foils Used to make transparencies
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2451 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2457 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2461 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2464 \begin_layout Description
2465 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2470 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2477 \begin_layout Description
2482 LaTeX document class
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2489 \begin_layout Description
2494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2502 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2504 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2507 \begin_layout Description
2508 Slides Used to make transparencies
2511 \begin_layout Description
2513 \begin_inset space ~
2516 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2517 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2520 \begin_layout Description
2521 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2524 \begin_layout Description
2529 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2532 \begin_layout Standard
2533 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2535 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2540 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2541 of the document classes.
2544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2553 \begin_inset Index idx
2556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2565 \begin_layout Standard
2566 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2567 in the chosen document class.
2568 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2570 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2571 the corresponding module in the
2577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2581 \begin_inset Index idx
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2591 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2596 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2604 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2605 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 Each class has a default set of options.
2636 Here's a quick table describing them:
2639 \begin_layout Standard
2640 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2646 \begin_layout Standard
2648 \begin_inset Tabular
2649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2650 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2655 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 \begin_layout Standard
3110 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3117 You're probably also wondering what
3118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3122 \begin_inset space ~
3126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3130 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3131 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3136 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3141 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3151 headings, there are also
3159 headings, and so on.
3160 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3161 \begin_inset space ~
3165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3167 reference "sub:Headings"
3174 \begin_layout Subsection
3176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3178 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3183 \begin_inset Index idx
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3195 \begin_inset Index idx
3198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 \begin_layout Standard
3208 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3221 \begin_inset space ~
3226 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3228 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3229 to use for your document.
3230 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3247 \begin_inset space ~
3252 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3253 You can choose between the following five options:
3256 \begin_layout Labeling
3257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3262 Use default page style of current class.
3265 \begin_layout Labeling
3266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3271 No page numbers or headings.
3274 \begin_layout Labeling
3275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 \begin_layout Labeling
3284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3289 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3290 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3291 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3294 \begin_layout Labeling
3295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3300 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3306 \begin_inset Index idx
3309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3316 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3317 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3319 Check the documentation for the
3323 package for more details,
3324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3333 \begin_layout Standard
3338 of paragraphs is described in section
3339 \begin_inset space ~
3343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3345 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3352 \begin_layout Subsection
3353 Paper Size and Orientation
3354 \begin_inset Index idx
3357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3358 Document ! Paper size
3364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3366 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3373 \begin_layout Standard
3374 You'll find the following options in the menu
3377 \begin_inset space ~
3382 of the dialog of the
3384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3390 \begin_inset Index idx
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3402 \begin_layout Labeling
3403 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3407 \begin_inset space ~
3412 What size paper to print on.
3416 \begin_layout Itemize
3422 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Itemize
3438 \begin_layout Itemize
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3450 \begin_layout Itemize
3456 \begin_layout Itemize
3462 \begin_layout Labeling
3463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3468 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3479 \begin_layout Labeling
3480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3484 \begin_inset space ~
3489 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3490 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3493 \begin_layout Subsection
3495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3502 \begin_inset Index idx
3505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3512 \begin_inset Index idx
3515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3524 \begin_layout Standard
3525 Paper margins are set in the menu
3527 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3531 \begin_inset Index idx
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3544 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3545 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3546 the paper format and the font size into account.
3549 \begin_layout Subsection
3553 \begin_layout Standard
3554 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3559 That includes the paragraph environments.
3560 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3561 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3562 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3563 paragraph environments to
3567 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3568 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3569 the conversion and why it failed.
3572 \begin_layout Section
3573 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3574 \begin_inset Index idx
3577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3578 Paragraph ! Indentation
3586 \begin_layout Subsection
3588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3590 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3597 \begin_layout Standard
3598 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3599 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3603 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3604 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3605 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3606 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3610 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3616 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3617 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3618 language than English.
3619 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3622 \begin_layout Standard
3623 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3624 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3626 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3627 LyX takes care of that.
3628 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3630 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3631 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3632 of a page, and so on.
3636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3637 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3642 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3643 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3647 of these pre-coded spacings.
3648 We'll explain more later.
3651 \begin_layout Subsection
3652 Paragraph Separation
3653 \begin_inset Index idx
3656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3657 Paragraph ! Separation
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3666 To separate paragraphs, select
3677 \begin_inset space ~
3684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3688 \begin_inset Index idx
3691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3697 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3698 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3699 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3702 \begin_layout Standard
3712 \begin_layout Standard
3713 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3714 \begin_inset space ~
3718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3720 reference "cap:Units"
3725 The default length is 30
3726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3732 \begin_layout Subsection
3736 \begin_layout Standard
3737 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3740 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3742 \begin_inset space ~
3747 dialog and toggle the
3750 \begin_inset space ~
3755 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3758 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3762 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3763 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3769 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3772 \begin_layout Subsection
3774 \begin_inset Index idx
3777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3778 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3786 \begin_layout Standard
3789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3793 \begin_inset Index idx
3796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3808 \begin_inset space ~
3817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3818 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3823 \begin_inset Index idx
3826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3832 installed to use this feature.
3840 \begin_layout Section
3841 Paragraph Environments
3842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3844 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 Paragraph ! Environments
3859 \begin_inset Index idx
3862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3863 Paragraph environments|(
3871 \begin_layout Subsection
3875 \begin_layout Standard
3876 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3879 \begin_layout Standard
3898 \begin_inset Newline newline
3901 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3902 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3903 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3912 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3916 A paragraph environment is simply a
3917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3924 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3925 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3926 scheme, labels, and so on.
3927 Additionally, you can
3928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3935 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3936 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3937 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3938 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3939 days of typewriters.
3940 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3942 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3945 \begin_layout Standard
3946 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3947 \begin_inset Graphics
3948 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3954 at the left end of the toolbar.
3955 LyX will change the environment of the
3959 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3960 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3961 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3965 \begin_layout Standard
3974 create a new paragraph using the
3978 paragraph environment.
3980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3987 because if you are in one of these environments:
3990 \begin_layout Itemize
3996 \begin_layout Itemize
4002 \begin_layout Itemize
4008 \begin_layout Itemize
4014 \begin_layout Itemize
4020 \begin_layout Itemize
4026 \begin_layout Itemize
4032 \begin_layout Standard
4033 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4037 , rather than resetting it to
4042 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4043 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4044 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4045 \begin_inset space ~
4049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4051 reference "sec:Nesting"
4056 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4061 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4062 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4066 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4072 \begin_layout Subsection
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4077 The default paragraph environment is
4082 It creates a plain paragraph.
4083 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4084 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4085 this manual) are in the
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4093 You can nest a paragraph using the
4097 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4105 \begin_layout Subsection
4107 \begin_inset Index idx
4110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4129 for thanks or contact information.
4130 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4131 page along with today's date.
4132 For other types of documents, the title
4133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4140 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4159 Here's how you use them:
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4163 Put the title of your document in the
4170 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 Put the author name in the
4178 \begin_layout Itemize
4179 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4180 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4186 Note that using this environment is optional.
4187 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4188 If you don't want any date, add the line
4189 \begin_inset Newline newline
4199 \begin_inset Newline newline
4202 to the preamble of your document (menu
4204 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 You can use footnotes to insert
4212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4219 or contact information.
4222 \begin_layout Subsection
4224 \begin_inset Index idx
4227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4244 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4245 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4250 \begin_inset Index idx
4253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4254 Section headings ! Numbered
4262 \begin_layout Standard
4263 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4267 \begin_layout Enumerate
4273 \begin_layout Enumerate
4279 \begin_layout Enumerate
4285 \begin_layout Enumerate
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4297 \begin_layout Enumerate
4303 \begin_layout Enumerate
4309 \begin_layout Standard
4310 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4311 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4312 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4316 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4317 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4318 You group the book into chapters.
4319 LyX does similar grouping:
4322 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 is divided in either
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 \begin_layout Itemize
4374 \begin_layout Itemize
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4398 \begin_layout Standard
4399 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4407 Not all document types use the
4411 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4416 is the top-level heading.
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4429 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4430 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4432 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4446 \begin_inset Index idx
4449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4450 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4458 \begin_layout Standard
4459 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4463 \begin_layout Enumerate
4469 \begin_layout Enumerate
4475 \begin_layout Enumerate
4481 \begin_layout Enumerate
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Standard
4495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4502 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4503 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4504 table of contents, see section
4505 \begin_inset space ~
4509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4519 Changing the Numbering
4520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4522 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4531 in the Table of Contents.
4532 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4534 Certain classes start with
4548 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4558 This is something you can change.
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4570 \begin_inset Index idx
4573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4584 \begin_inset space ~
4588 \begin_inset space ~
4593 you'll see two counters.
4598 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4600 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4605 Short Titles of Headings
4606 \begin_inset Index idx
4609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4610 Section headings ! Short titles
4619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4628 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4637 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4638 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4639 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4642 \begin_layout Standard
4643 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4644 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4645 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4646 To specify a short title, use the menu
4648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4650 \begin_inset space ~
4656 This will insert a box labeled
4657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4672 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4673 This also works for captions inside floats.
4676 \begin_layout Standard
4677 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4684 \begin_layout Standard
4685 The following information applies to all section headings:
4688 \begin_layout Itemize
4689 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4692 \begin_layout Itemize
4693 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4696 \begin_layout Itemize
4697 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4700 \begin_layout Itemize
4701 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4704 \begin_layout Subsection
4705 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4723 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4724 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4725 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4726 the text they contain.
4727 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4735 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4738 \begin_layout Standard
4739 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4748 when you start a new paragraph.
4749 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4753 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4754 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4755 to change back to the
4759 environment yourself.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4779 \begin_inset Index idx
4782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4792 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4793 time for the differences.
4802 are identical except for one difference:
4806 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4815 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4819 Here's an example of the
4832 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4834 See – no indentation!
4838 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4839 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4840 the other paragraph.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Here's another example, this time in the
4851 \begin_layout Quotation
4857 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4858 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4859 the first line, then
4863 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4867 you were quoting other text.
4870 \begin_layout Quotation
4871 Here's a new paragraph.
4872 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4873 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4876 \begin_layout Standard
4877 As the examples show,
4881 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4882 They should put quotes in the
4887 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4891 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4900 \begin_inset Index idx
4903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4912 \begin_inset Index idx
4915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4936 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4942 \begin_inset Newline newline
4945 Which I did not rehearse!
4949 It could be much worse.
4950 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4952 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4953 indented a bit more than the first.
4954 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4960 \begin_inset Newline newline
4963 And make things look fine
4964 \begin_inset Newline newline
4970 arg "newline-insert newline"
4976 \begin_layout Standard
4981 does not indent both margins.
4982 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4983 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4990 arg "newline-insert newline"
4996 \begin_layout Subsection
4998 \begin_inset Index idx
5001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5017 \begin_layout Standard
5018 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5028 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5037 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5038 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5039 some general features of all four of them.
5042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5049 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5058 reset the environment to
5062 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5063 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5064 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5068 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5071 to break paragraphs.
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5075 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5076 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5078 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5079 you read all of section
5080 \begin_inset space ~
5084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5086 reference "sec:Nesting"
5094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5100 \begin_inset Index idx
5103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5119 \begin_layout Standard
5120 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5124 paragraph environment.
5125 It has the following properties:
5128 \begin_layout Itemize
5129 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5133 \begin_layout Itemize
5134 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5137 \begin_layout Itemize
5138 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5142 \begin_layout Itemize
5143 The items can have any length.
5144 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5145 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5152 \begin_layout Itemize
5157 environment inside another
5161 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5165 \begin_layout Itemize
5166 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5169 \begin_layout Itemize
5170 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5175 \begin_inset space ~
5179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5181 reference "sec:Nesting"
5185 for a full explanation of nesting.
5189 \begin_layout Standard
5190 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5199 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5202 \begin_layout Standard
5203 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5204 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5205 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5208 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 The label for the first level
5213 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5217 \begin_layout Itemize
5218 The label for the second level is a dash.
5222 \begin_layout Itemize
5223 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5227 \begin_layout Itemize
5228 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5232 \begin_layout Itemize
5233 Back out to the third level.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 Back to the second level.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 Back to the outermost level.
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5247 These are the default labels for an
5252 You can customize these labels in the
5254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5257 dialog in the submenu
5264 \begin_inset Index idx
5267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5277 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5278 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5280 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5286 reference "sec:Nesting"
5293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5299 \begin_inset Index idx
5302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5311 name "sec:Enumerate"
5318 \begin_layout Standard
5323 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5324 It has these properties:
5327 \begin_layout Enumerate
5328 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5332 \begin_layout Enumerate
5333 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5337 \begin_layout Enumerate
5338 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5341 \begin_layout Enumerate
5346 environment resets the counter to one.
5349 \begin_layout Enumerate
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5364 Items can have any length.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5368 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5371 \begin_layout Enumerate
5372 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5376 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5380 \begin_layout Standard
5389 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5390 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 The first level of an
5402 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5407 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5411 \begin_layout Enumerate
5412 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5416 \begin_layout Enumerate
5417 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5420 \begin_layout Enumerate
5421 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 Back to the third level
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 Back to the second level.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 Back to the outermost level.
5440 \begin_layout Standard
5441 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5446 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5451 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5455 \begin_layout Standard
5456 There is more to nesting
5460 environments than we've stated here.
5461 You should read section
5462 \begin_inset space ~
5466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5468 reference "sec:Nesting"
5472 to learn more about nesting.
5475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5481 \begin_inset Index idx
5484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5493 \begin_layout Standard
5494 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5498 list has no fixed label.
5499 Instead, LyX uses the first
5500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5507 of the first line as the label.
5511 \begin_layout Description
5512 Example: This is an example of the
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5533 it is meant that the first hit of the
5537 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5539 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5547 arg "space-insert protected"
5552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5553 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5555 \begin_inset space ~
5561 \begin_inset space ~
5565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5567 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5571 for more info.) Here is an example:
5574 \begin_layout Description
5576 \begin_inset space ~
5579 Example: This one shows how to use a
5582 \begin_inset space ~
5594 \begin_layout Description
5595 Usage: You should use the
5599 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5600 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5602 It's not a good idea to use a
5606 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5607 You're better off using
5619 paragraphs into them.
5622 \begin_layout Description
5623 Nesting: You can nest
5627 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5632 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5633 them from the first line.
5636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5642 \begin_inset Index idx
5645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5659 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5671 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5676 environment is named
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5697 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5698 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5701 \begin_layout Labeling
5702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5704 \begin_inset space ~
5707 labels LyX uses the first
5708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5715 of each line as the item label.
5720 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5721 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5722 blank as described above.
5725 \begin_layout Labeling
5726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5727 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5728 the body of the item text.
5729 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5730 label width plus a little extra space.
5734 \begin_layout Labeling
5735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5737 \begin_inset space ~
5740 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5742 If the label width is larger, the label
5743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5750 into the first line.
5751 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5752 margin of the rest of the item text.
5755 \begin_layout Labeling
5756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5758 \begin_inset space ~
5761 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5766 environment have the same left margin.
5767 \begin_inset Newline newline
5770 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5773 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset space ~
5789 determines the default label width.
5790 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 multiple times instead.
5800 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5809 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5812 \begin_inset space ~
5817 every time you alter a label in a
5822 \begin_inset Newline newline
5825 The predefined default width is the length of
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 \begin_inset Newline newline
5839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5847 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5848 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5856 \begin_layout Standard
5861 environment the same way like the
5865 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5871 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5875 \begin_layout Standard
5880 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5882 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5884 \begin_inset space ~
5888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5890 reference "sec:Nesting"
5894 to learn about nesting.
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5898 There is yet another feature of the
5902 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5904 You can use additional
5908 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5913 are documented in section
5914 \begin_inset space ~
5918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5920 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5925 Here are some examples:
5926 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5932 \begin_layout Labeling
5933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5934 Left The default for
5941 \begin_layout Labeling
5942 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5950 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5955 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5966 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5969 \begin_layout Subsection
5971 \begin_inset Index idx
5974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5991 \begin_inset space ~
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6014 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6015 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6016 In contrast, you can use the
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6028 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6029 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6033 \begin_layout Standard
6034 Of course, you're not limited to using
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6055 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6056 some European academic papers.
6059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6063 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6070 \begin_layout Standard
6075 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6076 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6080 \begin_inset space ~
6085 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6086 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6087 Here's an example of each:
6090 \begin_layout Right Address
6092 \begin_inset Newline newline
6096 \begin_inset Newline newline
6100 \begin_inset Newline newline
6103 When is it? What is today?
6106 \begin_layout Standard
6110 \begin_inset space ~
6116 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6117 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6118 Here's an example of the
6125 \begin_layout Address
6127 \begin_inset Newline newline
6130 Where do I send this
6131 \begin_inset Newline newline
6134 Your post office and country
6137 \begin_layout Standard
6138 As you can see, both
6145 \begin_inset space ~
6150 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6155 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6161 This makes sense, since
6169 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6170 Thus, you have to use
6177 arg "newline-insert newline"
6183 \begin_inset space ~
6186 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6188 \begin_inset space ~
6197 menu) to start a new line in an
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6212 \begin_layout Subsection
6216 \begin_layout Standard
6217 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6218 or list of references.
6219 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6226 \begin_inset Index idx
6229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6238 \begin_layout Standard
6243 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6244 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6245 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6246 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6250 in anything else or vice versa.
6256 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6257 The book document classes ignores the
6261 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6265 in a letter document class.
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6273 environment does several things for you.
6274 First, it puts the centered label
6275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6283 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6285 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6286 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6287 the subsequent text.
6288 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6289 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6293 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6297 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6298 The new paragraph will still be in the
6303 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6304 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6308 \begin_inset Float figure
6313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6315 \begin_inset Graphics
6316 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6324 \begin_inset Caption
6326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6329 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6350 \begin_layout Standard
6351 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6355 environment, but since this document is in the
6356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6363 class, we can't do this.
6364 We inserted it therefore as figure
6365 \begin_inset space ~
6369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6371 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 If you've never heard of an
6377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6384 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6393 \begin_inset Index idx
6396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6405 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6412 \begin_layout Standard
6417 environment is used to list references.
6418 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6419 only use it at the end of the document.
6424 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6427 \begin_layout Standard
6428 When you first open a
6432 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6448 depending on the document class.
6449 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6450 Each paragraph of the
6454 environment is a bibliography entry.
6459 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6460 Each new paragraph is still in the
6467 \begin_layout Standard
6468 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6469 by using a BibTeX database.
6470 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6471 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6472 \begin_inset space ~
6476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6478 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6485 \begin_layout Subsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6493 Paragraph ! LyX code
6499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6508 \begin_layout Standard
6513 environment is another LyX extension.
6514 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6519 key as a fixed whitespace;
6523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 \begin_inset space ~
6540 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6545 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6546 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6549 arg "newline-insert newline"
6566 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6567 So, when you finish using the
6571 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6572 Also, you can nest the
6576 environment inside of others.
6579 \begin_layout Standard
6580 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6583 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 arg "newline-insert newline"
6590 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6595 \begin_inset space \space{}
6605 arg "newline-insert newline"
6611 \begin_layout Itemize
6615 arg "newline-insert newline"
6626 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6638 \begin_layout Itemize
6642 arg "space-insert protected"
6649 \begin_layout Itemize
6650 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6651 You must put at least one
6655 in any line you want blank.
6656 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6659 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6664 since that will insert
6669 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6672 arg "self-insert \""
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6682 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6686 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6690 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6694 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6698 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6699 printf("Hello World!
6704 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6713 This is just the standard
6714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6725 \begin_layout Standard
6730 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6731 rc-files, and so on.
6732 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6733 as if you used a typewriter.
6734 \begin_inset Index idx
6737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6738 Paragraph environments|)
6746 \begin_layout Section
6747 Nesting Environments
6748 \begin_inset Index idx
6751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6752 Nesting ! Environments
6758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6767 \begin_layout Subsection
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6772 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6774 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6776 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6778 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6790 \begin_layout Enumerate
6794 \begin_layout Enumerate
6799 \begin_layout Enumerate
6803 \begin_layout Enumerate
6808 \begin_layout Enumerate
6812 \begin_layout Standard
6813 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6814 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6817 \begin_inset space ~
6821 \begin_inset space ~
6829 \begin_inset space ~
6833 \begin_inset space ~
6842 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6843 will tell you how far you are nested).
6844 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6845 \begin_inset Graphics
6846 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6851 \begin_inset Graphics
6852 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6856 or the convenient key bindings
6867 arg "depth-increment"
6873 arg "depth-decrement"
6876 to change the nesting level.
6877 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6878 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6884 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6885 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6886 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6889 \begin_layout Standard
6890 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6891 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6893 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6896 \begin_layout Subsection
6897 What You Can and Can't Nest
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6902 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6905 \begin_layout Standard
6906 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6907 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6908 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6911 \begin_layout Itemize
6912 Completely unnestable
6915 \begin_layout Itemize
6916 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6920 \begin_layout Itemize
6921 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6926 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6927 environments have them:
6930 \begin_layout Description
6931 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6932 Can't nest into them.
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6948 \begin_layout Itemize
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Description
6969 \begin_inset space ~
6972 Nestable You can nest them.
6973 You can nest other things into them.
6977 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6989 \begin_layout Itemize
6995 \begin_layout Itemize
7001 \begin_layout Itemize
7007 \begin_layout Itemize
7013 \begin_layout Itemize
7019 \begin_layout Itemize
7026 \begin_layout Description
7027 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7028 You can't nest anything into them.
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7056 \begin_layout Itemize
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 \begin_layout Itemize
7074 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 \begin_layout Itemize
7086 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 \begin_layout Itemize
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7104 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7120 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 \begin_layout Standard
7128 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7136 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7153 \begin_inset space \space{}
7156 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7157 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7158 section headings violate this.
7166 \begin_layout Subsection
7167 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7168 \begin_inset Index idx
7171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7172 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7181 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7182 affected by nesting anyhow.
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7190 \begin_layout Itemize
7194 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7200 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7208 Figures and tables in
7212 are not affected by this.
7217 Have a look at section
7218 \begin_inset space ~
7222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7224 reference "sec:Floats"
7228 for more information about
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7237 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7241 \begin_layout Standard
7242 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7250 of its own, it behaves just like a
7251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7258 paragraph environment.
7259 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7263 \begin_layout Standard
7264 Here's an example with a table:
7267 \begin_layout Enumerate
7272 \begin_layout Enumerate
7273 This is (a) and it's nested.
7277 \begin_layout Standard
7278 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7284 \begin_layout Standard
7286 \begin_inset Tabular
7287 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7288 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 \begin_layout Standard
7375 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7384 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7388 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7401 \begin_layout Enumerate
7402 This is (a) and it's nested.
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7407 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Tabular
7416 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7417 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7504 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7510 \begin_layout Enumerate
7517 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7524 \begin_layout Standard
7525 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7532 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7540 \begin_layout Enumerate
7541 This is (a) and it's nested.
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7553 \begin_inset Tabular
7554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7555 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 \begin_layout Standard
7642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7658 \begin_layout Enumerate
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7669 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7670 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7674 \begin_layout Subsection
7675 Usage and General Features
7678 \begin_layout Standard
7679 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7688 is the innermost possible depth.
7689 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7692 \begin_layout Enumerate
7693 level #1 - outermost
7697 \begin_layout Enumerate
7702 \begin_layout Enumerate
7707 \begin_layout Enumerate
7712 \begin_layout Itemize
7717 \begin_layout Itemize
7726 \begin_layout Standard
7727 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7728 both of them in the example.
7729 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7739 For example, if we tried to nest another
7744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7751 , we would get errors.
7754 \begin_layout Subsection
7756 \begin_inset Index idx
7759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7769 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7770 We have several examples of nested environments.
7771 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7775 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7776 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7779 \begin_layout Labeling
7780 \labelwidthstring MMM
7781 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7790 \begin_layout Labeling
7791 \labelwidthstring MMM
7792 #2-a This is level #2.
7793 We created it by using
7796 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7802 arg "depth-increment"
7809 \begin_layout Labeling
7810 \labelwidthstring MMM
7811 #3-a This is level #3.
7812 This time, we just hit
7819 arg "depth-increment"
7823 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7833 arg "depth-increment"
7840 \begin_layout Standard
7845 environment, nested inside of
7846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7854 So, it's at level #4.
7855 We did this by hitting
7858 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7864 arg "depth-increment"
7867 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7872 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7888 \begin_layout Standard
7893 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7896 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7902 \begin_layout Labeling
7903 \labelwidthstring MMM
7904 #4-a This is level #4.
7908 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7911 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7916 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7920 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7925 keep nesting things inside
7926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7937 \begin_layout Labeling
7938 \labelwidthstring MMM
7939 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7944 \begin_layout Labeling
7945 \labelwidthstring MMM
7946 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7947 and this is level #6.
7948 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7952 \begin_layout Labeling
7953 \labelwidthstring MMM
7954 #5-b Back to level #5.
7958 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7964 arg "depth-decrement"
7971 \begin_layout Labeling
7972 \labelwidthstring MMM
7976 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7982 arg "depth-decrement"
7985 , we're back at level #4.
7989 \begin_layout Labeling
7990 \labelwidthstring MMM
7991 #3-b Back to level #3.
7992 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7996 \begin_layout Labeling
7997 \labelwidthstring MMM
7998 #2-b Back to level #2.
8003 \begin_layout Labeling
8004 \labelwidthstring MMM
8005 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8006 After this sentence, we'll hit
8010 and change the paragraph environment back to
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8018 We could have also used the
8034 environment in place of the
8039 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8043 Example 2: Inheritance
8046 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8047 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8050 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8059 arg "depth-increment"
8062 , after which, we'll change to the
8070 \begin_layout Enumerate
8075 environment, at level #2.
8078 \begin_layout Enumerate
8079 Notice how the nested
8083 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8087 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 We ended this example by hitting
8097 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8101 and reset the nesting depth by using
8104 arg "depth-decrement"
8110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8111 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8124 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8132 \begin_layout Enumerate
8133 This is level #1, in an
8137 paragraph environment.
8138 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8142 \begin_layout Enumerate
8147 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8153 arg "depth-increment"
8157 Now, what happens if we nest an
8161 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8162 label be? An asterisk?
8166 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8177 So, its label is a bullet.
8178 (We got here by using
8181 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8187 arg "depth-increment"
8190 , then changing the environment to
8198 \begin_layout Itemize
8199 Here's level #4, produced using
8202 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8208 arg "depth-increment"
8212 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8217 \begin_layout Enumerate
8218 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8220 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8225 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8229 , because we are in the
8238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8257 \begin_layout Enumerate
8262 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8263 type of numbering does LyX use?
8266 \begin_layout Enumerate
8267 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8270 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8273 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8276 \begin_layout Enumerate
8280 arg "depth-decrement"
8283 to decrease the depth after the next
8286 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8295 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8299 \begin_layout Enumerate
8301 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8302 numeral as the label.Why?
8305 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8315 Notice, however, that LyX
8319 reset the counter for the label.
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8333 arg "depth-decrement"
8336 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8337 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8338 into the twofold-nested
8346 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 The same thing happens if we do another
8350 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8356 arg "depth-decrement"
8359 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8362 \begin_layout Standard
8363 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8368 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8382 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8388 The same rule applies for the
8392 environment, as well.
8395 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8396 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8399 \begin_layout Enumerate
8400 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8401 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8402 same detail with how we did it.
8411 \begin_layout Standard
8419 arg "depth-increment"
8426 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8427 example in parentheses someplace.
8428 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8429 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8430 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8434 \begin_layout Enumerate
8439 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8444 Now we'll add verse.
8445 \begin_inset Newline newline
8448 It will get much worse.
8449 \begin_inset Newline newline
8459 arg "depth-increment"
8470 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8481 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8494 \begin_layout Standard
8495 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8501 \begin_layout Standard
8503 \begin_inset Tabular
8504 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8505 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8606 arg "depth-increment"
8612 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8622 arg "depth-decrement"
8629 \begin_layout Enumerate
8634 : level #1) This is another item.
8635 Note that selecting a
8639 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8640 3 times to put the table inside the
8648 \begin_layout Quotation
8649 We're now ending the
8653 list and changing to
8658 We're still at level #1.
8659 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8660 The next set of paragraphs is a
8661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8675 \begin_inset space ~
8680 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8684 for the letter body.
8688 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8691 to preserve the depth.
8692 Remember that you need to use
8695 arg "newline-insert newline"
8698 to create multiple lines inside the
8705 \begin_inset space ~
8715 \begin_layout Right Address
8717 \begin_inset Newline newline
8720 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8721 \begin_inset Newline newline
8727 \begin_layout Address
8729 \begin_inset space ~
8735 \begin_layout Quotation
8736 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8740 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8741 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8742 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8743 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8744 as soon as possible.
8745 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8748 \begin_layout Quotation
8749 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8750 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8751 with your order, along with payment.
8754 \begin_layout Quotation
8755 We thank you again for your patience.
8758 \begin_layout Address
8760 \begin_inset Newline newline
8767 \begin_layout Quotation
8768 That ends that example!
8771 \begin_layout Standard
8772 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8773 just a few keystrokes.
8774 We could have easily nested an
8795 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8798 \begin_layout Section
8799 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8800 \begin_inset Index idx
8803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8812 \begin_layout Standard
8813 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8814 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8815 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8816 be broken at the end of a line.
8817 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8821 \begin_layout Subsection
8823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8825 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8830 \begin_inset Index idx
8833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8845 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8849 Further documentation is given in section
8850 \begin_inset Newline newline
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8856 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8864 \begin_layout Standard
8865 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8880 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8889 A protected space is set with
8891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8892 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8896 \begin_inset space ~
8906 arg "space-insert protected"
8912 \begin_layout Subsection
8914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8916 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8921 \begin_inset Index idx
8924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8925 Spacing ! Horizontal
8933 \begin_layout Standard
8934 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8937 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8941 The length units are listed in Appendix
8942 \begin_inset space ~
8946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8948 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8959 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8964 \begin_inset Index idx
8967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8976 \begin_layout Standard
8978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8982 \begin_inset space \space{}
8985 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8986 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8987 \begin_inset space ~
8991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8993 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8998 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8999 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9002 arg "space-insert normal"
9008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9012 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9017 \begin_inset Index idx
9020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9029 \begin_layout Standard
9031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9038 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9047 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9048 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9049 inside abbreviations:
9054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9058 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9061 \begin_layout Standard
9062 or between values and units.
9063 Compare for example this:
9064 \begin_inset Newline newline
9068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9072 \begin_inset Newline newline
9078 \begin_layout Standard
9079 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9082 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9084 \begin_inset space ~
9092 arg "space-insert thin"
9098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9102 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9113 \begin_layout Description
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9119 \begin_inset space ~
9123 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9127 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9131 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9134 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9137 \begin_layout Description
9139 \begin_inset space ~
9143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9147 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9151 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9155 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9162 em) space between the arrows.
9165 \begin_layout Description
9167 \begin_inset space ~
9171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9175 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9179 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9183 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9187 \begin_inset space ~
9191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9194 em) space between the arrows.
9197 \begin_layout Description
9199 \begin_inset space ~
9203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9207 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9211 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9215 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9219 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9226 em) space between the arrows.
9229 \begin_layout Description
9231 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9239 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9244 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9251 cm space between the arrows.
9254 \begin_layout Standard
9256 \begin_inset space ~
9260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9262 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9266 lists the different space sizes.
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9270 \begin_inset Float table
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9277 \begin_inset Caption
9279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9282 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9286 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9296 \begin_inset Tabular
9297 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9298 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9523 \begin_inset Index idx
9526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9536 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9537 in a uniform fashion.
9538 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9539 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9540 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9541 equally between themselves.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9551 This is on the left side
9552 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9555 This is on the right
9561 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9565 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9588 \begin_layout Standard
9589 That was an example in the
9595 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9603 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9606 is one in a standard paragraph.
9607 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9611 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9618 \begin_inset space ~
9623 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9628 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9638 \begin_layout Standard
9640 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9650 \begin_layout Standard
9652 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9656 \begin_inset space ~
9662 \begin_layout Standard
9664 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9668 \begin_inset space ~
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9676 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9680 \begin_inset space ~
9686 \begin_layout Standard
9688 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9692 \begin_inset space ~
9698 \begin_layout Standard
9699 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9707 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9711 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9712 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9713 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9717 option in the space dialog.
9725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9727 \begin_inset Index idx
9730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9739 \begin_layout Standard
9740 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9746 \begin_inset space \space{}
9749 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9752 \begin_layout Standard
9753 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9756 What is correct English?:
9757 \begin_inset Newline newline
9761 \begin_inset Newline newline
9765 \begin_inset space ~
9768 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9769 \begin_inset Newline newline
9776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9805 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9817 \begin_inset space ~
9821 \begin_inset space ~
9825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9829 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9847 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9851 for more information about TeX-Code.
9857 In our case write the command
9864 (note the space after
9865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9872 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9873 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9874 That is why it is named
9875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9887 There exists also the commands
9899 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9900 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9903 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9915 \begin_layout Subsection
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9919 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9924 \begin_inset Index idx
9927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9937 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9940 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9942 \begin_inset space ~
9948 There you find the following sizes:
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9964 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9969 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9975 \begin_inset Index idx
9978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9984 for the paragraph separation.
9985 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9996 \begin_layout Standard
10002 \begin_inset Index idx
10005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10011 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10012 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10014 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10015 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10024 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10033 s are described in section
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10040 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10049 If there are several
10053 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10054 You can therefore use
10058 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10066 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10067 \begin_inset space ~
10071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10073 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10081 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10092 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10104 \begin_layout Subsection
10105 Paragraph Alignment
10108 \begin_layout Standard
10109 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 There are four possibilities:
10118 \begin_layout Itemize
10126 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10132 \begin_layout Itemize
10140 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10146 \begin_layout Itemize
10154 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10160 \begin_layout Itemize
10168 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10174 \begin_layout Itemize
10182 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10188 \begin_layout Standard
10189 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10190 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10191 the left and right margins.
10192 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10195 \begin_layout Standard
10197 This paragraph is right aligned,
10200 \begin_layout Standard
10202 this one is centered,
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10207 this one is left aligned.
10210 \begin_layout Subsection
10212 \begin_inset Index idx
10215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10216 Page breaks ! Forced
10222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10224 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10232 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10233 can force a page break where you want one.
10234 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10235 Only if you use a lot of
10239 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10242 \begin_layout Standard
10243 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10244 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10248 have to change the page breaking.
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10254 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10257 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10259 \begin_inset space ~
10265 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10268 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10270 \begin_inset space ~
10275 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10277 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10278 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10281 \begin_layout Standard
10282 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10283 at the top of a page.
10284 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10285 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10286 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10287 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10291 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10295 to learn more about
10302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10306 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10311 \begin_inset Index idx
10314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10315 Page breaks ! Clear
10323 \begin_layout Standard
10324 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10325 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10326 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10327 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10328 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10335 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 \begin_inset space ~
10343 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 \begin_inset space ~
10352 \begin_inset space ~
10357 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10358 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10361 \begin_layout Subsection
10363 \begin_inset Index idx
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10375 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10382 \begin_layout Standard
10383 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10385 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10388 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10390 \begin_inset space ~
10394 \begin_inset space ~
10402 arg "newline-insert newline"
10406 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 \begin_inset space ~
10415 \begin_inset space ~
10420 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10422 This is necessary to avoid
10423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10430 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10433 \begin_layout Standard
10434 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10435 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10436 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10437 set a line break, e.
10438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 \begin_inset space \space{}
10445 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10446 \begin_inset space ~
10450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10452 reference "sec:Quote"
10457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10459 reference "sec:Verse"
10464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10466 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10473 \begin_layout Subsection
10475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10477 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10482 \begin_inset Index idx
10485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10500 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10502 \begin_inset space ~
10507 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10513 \begin_layout Section
10514 Characters and Symbols
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10518 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10519 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10524 \begin_inset space \space{}
10527 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10535 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10539 for information on how this is done.
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10548 dialog via the menu
10550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10551 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10566 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10567 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10568 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10576 \begin_layout Section
10577 Fonts and Text Styles
10578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10580 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10587 \begin_layout Subsection
10589 \begin_inset Index idx
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 There are two types of fonts:
10605 \begin_layout Description
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10611 \begin_inset Index idx
10614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10620 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10625 characters) in the font.
10626 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10627 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10628 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10629 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10630 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10631 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10632 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10633 \begin_inset Newline newline
10636 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10637 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10638 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10639 sizes than at small ones.
10640 \begin_inset Newline newline
10654 \begin_inset space ~
10662 \begin_layout Description
10664 \begin_inset space ~
10668 \begin_inset Index idx
10671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10677 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10678 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10679 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10680 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10681 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10682 picture manipulation program.
10683 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10684 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10685 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10686 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10687 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10689 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10690 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10691 \begin_inset Newline newline
10694 Bitmap fonts are named
10697 \begin_inset space ~
10702 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10706 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10707 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10708 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10709 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10710 use scalable fonts.
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10714 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10715 its document properties.
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10719 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10720 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10721 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10722 font to emphasize text, you use an
10723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10731 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10732 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10736 \begin_layout Subsection
10737 Document Font and Font size
10738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10740 name "sub:Document-Font"
10745 \begin_inset Index idx
10748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10755 \begin_inset Index idx
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10768 You can set the document fonts in the
10770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10774 \begin_inset Index idx
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 Document ! Settings
10784 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10785 font shapes roman (serif),
10788 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 The possible options for the font include
10805 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10810 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10832 European Computer Modern
10835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10845 \begin_layout Standard
10854 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10855 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10860 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10868 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10874 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10875 There are three ways to use one:
10878 \begin_layout Itemize
10879 One way is to use the
10889 Virtual means that it
10890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 -glyphs from other fonts.
10902 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10924 Loading the LaTeX-package
10929 \begin_inset Index idx
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10933 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10938 with the document preamble line
10939 \begin_inset Newline newline
10946 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10947 \begin_inset Newline newline
10952 will fix the guillemet problem.
10957 and that accented characters are not
10961 glyph, they are build of
10965 characters, the accent and the letter.
10966 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10970 fonts for words with accented characters.
10971 If you search for example for the French word
10972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10979 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10988 and not for the glyph
10989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10993 \begin_inset space ~
10997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11003 \begin_layout Itemize
11004 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11017 , consist of these three main font types
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11053 \begin_inset space ~
11060 as typewriter font.
11061 \begin_inset Newline newline
11064 The differences between roman,
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11076 fonts are explained in section
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11083 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11088 \begin_inset Newline newline
11095 was originally designed for newspapers.
11096 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11097 into the small newspaper columns.
11102 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11105 \begin_layout Itemize
11106 The best solution is to use the
11115 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11119 as the default font.
11120 In most cases they look the same as
11128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11129 One difference is improved kerning for the
11142 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11153 \begin_layout Standard
11154 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11157 For the font size there are four possible values:
11174 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11177 \begin_layout Standard
11178 The font sizes are the
11183 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11184 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11185 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11188 \begin_inset space ~
11194 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11195 \begin_inset space ~
11199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11201 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11213 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11214 a font to display the script characters.
11218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11224 So this has no effect for the document language
11240 \begin_layout Standard
11241 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11245 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11253 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11257 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11258 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11259 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11261 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 dialog, see section
11265 \begin_inset space ~
11269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11271 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11283 \begin_layout Subsection
11284 Using Different Character Styles
11285 \begin_inset Index idx
11288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11295 \begin_inset Index idx
11298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11309 certain paragraph environments.
11310 LyX supports two character styles,
11319 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11323 \begin_layout Standard
11328 style, do one of the following:
11331 \begin_layout Itemize
11332 click on the toolbar button
11333 \begin_inset Graphics
11334 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11341 \begin_layout Itemize
11342 use the key binding
11351 \begin_layout Standard
11352 These commands are all toggles.
11357 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11360 \begin_layout Standard
11361 One typically uses the
11365 style for proper names.
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11374 is the original author of LyX.
11375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 A more widely used character style is the
11387 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11394 \begin_layout Itemize
11395 clicking on the toolbar button
11396 \begin_inset Graphics
11397 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11404 \begin_layout Itemize
11405 using the keybindings
11414 \begin_layout Standard
11419 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11420 es use a different font.
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11424 We've been using the
11428 style all over the place in this document.
11429 Here's one more example:
11432 \begin_layout Quotation
11435 Don't overuse character styles!
11438 \begin_layout Standard
11439 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11440 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11441 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11442 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11446 \begin_layout Standard
11447 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_layout Subsection
11466 Fine-Tuning with the
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11473 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11478 \begin_inset Index idx
11481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11492 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11493 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11494 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11495 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11496 from ordinary dialog.
11499 \begin_layout Standard
11500 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11501 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11502 \begin_inset Newline newline
11505 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11506 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11509 \begin_layout Standard
11510 To use custom character styles, open the
11512 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11514 \begin_inset space ~
11520 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11521 font property which you can choose.
11522 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11530 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11535 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11536 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11537 environments in a snap.
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11541 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11544 \begin_inset space ~
11556 \begin_layout Labeling
11557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11571 The possible options are:
11575 \begin_layout Labeling
11576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11581 This is the Roman font family.
11582 Normally a serif font.
11583 It's also the default family.
11593 \begin_layout Labeling
11594 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11598 \begin_inset space ~
11605 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11617 \begin_layout Labeling
11618 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11625 This is the Typewriter font family.
11631 arg "font-typewriter"
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11646 This corresponds to the print weight.
11651 \begin_layout Labeling
11652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11657 This is the Medium font series.
11658 It's also the default series.
11661 \begin_layout Labeling
11662 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11669 This is the Bold font series.
11682 \begin_layout Labeling
11683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11688 As the name implies.
11693 \begin_layout Labeling
11694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 This is the Upright font shape.
11700 It's also the default shape.
11703 \begin_layout Labeling
11704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11718 s the Italic font shape
11724 \begin_layout Labeling
11725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 This is the Slanted font shape
11734 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11742 \begin_inset space ~
11749 This is the Small caps font shape
11756 \begin_layout Labeling
11757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 Alters the size of the font.
11763 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11764 nal to the document font size.
11765 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11766 what you want to do.
11771 \begin_layout Labeling
11772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11793 arg "font-size tiny"
11799 \begin_layout Labeling
11800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11821 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11827 \begin_layout Labeling
11828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11849 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11855 \begin_layout Labeling
11856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11877 arg "font-size small"
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11898 It's also the default size.
11902 arg "font-size normal"
11908 \begin_layout Labeling
11909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11930 arg "font-size large"
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11958 arg "font-size larger"
11964 \begin_layout Labeling
11965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11986 arg "font-size largest"
11992 \begin_layout Labeling
11993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12014 arg "font-size huge"
12020 \begin_layout Labeling
12021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12042 arg "font-size giant"
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12054 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12055 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12056 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12057 - use that instead.
12058 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12061 \begin_layout Labeling
12062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12067 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12072 \begin_layout Labeling
12073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12080 This is text with emphasize on
12083 This might seem like the same as
12087 , but it is actually a bit different.
12093 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12095 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12098 \begin_layout Labeling
12099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12106 This is text with Underbar on.
12112 arg "font-underline"
12118 \begin_inset Newline newline
12123 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12124 when you couldn't change fonts.
12125 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12126 It's only included in LyX because some people
12130 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12133 \begin_layout Labeling
12134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12141 This is text with Noun on.
12148 , this is a logical attribute.
12149 Normally it's equivalent to
12152 \begin_inset space ~
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12168 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12177 , which is the default
12178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12185 and means normally black, you can choose between
12218 \begin_inset Index idx
12221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12230 \begin_layout Labeling
12231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12236 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12237 the language of the document.
12238 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12242 \begin_layout Standard
12243 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12244 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12248 \begin_inset space ~
12253 dialog, the settings are saved.
12254 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12255 \begin_inset Graphics
12256 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12261 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12262 when the dialog isn't visible.
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12267 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12274 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12275 (suppose you just set the shape to
12276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 \begin_inset space ~
12306 \begin_layout Standard
12307 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12315 \begin_inset space ~
12327 \begin_layout Itemize
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12340 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12358 \begin_inset Newline newline
12365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12390 \begin_inset Note Note
12393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12394 For more on phantoms see section
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12401 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12411 \begin_inset Newline newline
12417 \begin_layout Itemize
12422 fonts use characters with serifs.
12423 These are the small
12424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12431 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12432 The following example will show the difference:
12433 \begin_inset Newline newline
12437 \begin_inset Newline newline
12442 text without serifs
12445 \begin_inset Newline newline
12448 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12449 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12456 \begin_layout Itemize
12462 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12463 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12466 \begin_layout Standard
12467 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12468 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12471 \begin_layout Section
12472 Printing and Previewing
12475 \begin_layout Subsection
12479 \begin_layout Standard
12480 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12481 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12482 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12483 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12484 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12486 Additional Features
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12493 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12494 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12495 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12496 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12497 This happens in two stages:
12500 \begin_layout Enumerate
12501 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12502 generating a file with the extension,
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12517 \begin_layout Enumerate
12518 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12522 file to produce printable output.
12526 \begin_layout Subsection
12527 Output file formats
12528 \begin_inset Index idx
12531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12540 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12549 \begin_inset Index idx
12552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12553 File formats ! ASCII
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 This file type has the extension
12563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12575 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12579 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 \begin_layout Standard
12587 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12589 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12590 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12596 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12598 \begin_inset Index idx
12601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12602 File formats ! LaTeX
12610 \begin_layout Standard
12611 This file type has the extension
12612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12623 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12625 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12626 it manually with console commands.
12627 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12628 you view or export your document.
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12632 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12634 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12635 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12654 \begin_inset Index idx
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 This file type has the extension
12668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12688 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12689 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12690 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12696 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12697 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12698 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12700 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12707 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12715 \begin_inset Index idx
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12719 File formats ! PostScript
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 This file type has the extension
12729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12741 PostScript was developed by the company
12745 as a printer language.
12746 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12748 PostScript can be seen as a
12749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12752 programming language
12753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12761 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12767 \begin_inset Index idx
12770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12781 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12785 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12789 Encapsulated PostScript
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (EPS, file extension
12794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12807 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12812 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12816 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12817 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12818 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12819 EPS to avoid this problem.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12834 \begin_inset Index idx
12837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12844 \begin_inset Index idx
12847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 This file type has the extension
12858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 Portable Document Format
12875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 was derived from PostScript.
12883 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12892 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12893 looks exactly the same.
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12901 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12905 (JPG, file extension
12906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12933 Portable Network Graphics
12934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12937 (PNG, file extension
12938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12951 in the background to one of these formats.
12952 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12953 will slow down your workflow.
12954 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12957 \begin_layout Standard
12958 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12960 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12963 in three different ways:
12966 \begin_layout Description
12967 PDF This uses the program
12971 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12972 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12976 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12977 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12980 \begin_layout Description
12982 \begin_inset space ~
12985 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12989 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12993 \begin_layout Description
12995 \begin_inset space ~
12998 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13002 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 We recommend to use
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13018 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13019 works without problems.
13024 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13027 \begin_layout Subsection
13029 \begin_inset Index idx
13032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13041 \begin_layout Standard
13042 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13043 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13047 and choose a file type.
13048 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13051 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13054 you can use the toolbar button
13055 \begin_inset Graphics
13056 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13063 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13068 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13070 \begin_inset space ~
13076 \begin_inset Graphics
13077 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13083 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13087 \begin_inset Graphics
13088 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13095 arg "buffer-view ps"
13101 \begin_layout Standard
13102 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13103 viewer window using the menu
13105 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13111 \begin_layout Standard
13112 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13114 To have a real output, export your document.
13117 \begin_layout Subsection
13118 Printing the File from within LyX
13119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13121 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13130 it directly from within LyX.
13131 To print a file, select the menu
13133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13136 or click on the toolbar button
13137 \begin_inset Graphics
13138 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13143 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13144 This file is then processed by the program
13148 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13153 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13156 \begin_layout Standard
13157 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13158 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13159 printing one set to print on the other side.
13160 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13161 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13162 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13165 \begin_layout Standard
13166 You can set the parameters in the
13169 \begin_inset space ~
13177 \begin_layout Labeling
13178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13183 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13188 Note that this printer name is for the program
13197 has to be configured for this printer name.
13198 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13199 \begin_inset space ~
13203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13205 reference "sub:Printer"
13214 The printer should understand PostScript.
13217 \begin_layout Labeling
13218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 The name of a file to print to.
13224 The output will be a PostScript file.
13225 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13229 \begin_layout Section
13230 A few Words about Typography
13231 \begin_inset Index idx
13234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13243 \begin_layout Subsection
13245 \begin_inset Index idx
13248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13257 \begin_layout Standard
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 character comes in four lengths: the
13282 , and the minus sign:
13283 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 \begin_inset Tabular
13291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13292 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13293 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13294 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13295 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13296 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13325 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13392 \begin_inset space ~
13395 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13402 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 \begin_inset space ~
13432 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13453 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13493 \begin_layout Standard
13494 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 character multiple times in a row.
13507 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13508 the final output, but not in LyX.
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \begin_layout Standard
13541 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13542 math mode and has a length of its own.
13543 Here are some examples of the
13544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13558 \begin_layout Enumerate
13559 line- and page-breaks
13560 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13570 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13582 \begin_layout Enumerate
13583 Oh — there's a dash.
13584 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13594 \begin_layout Enumerate
13595 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13609 \begin_layout Subsection
13611 \begin_inset Index idx
13614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13623 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13630 \begin_layout Standard
13631 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13632 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13637 \begin_inset Index idx
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13646 following the rules of the document language
13650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13651 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13659 \begin_inset space ~
13663 \begin_inset space ~
13670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13681 \begin_layout Standard
13682 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13687 font and with unusual constructs, like
13688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13696 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13697 This is done with the menu
13699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13700 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13708 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13709 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13712 \begin_layout Standard
13713 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13714 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13724 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13732 as hyphenation possibility.
13733 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13734 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13735 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13741 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13742 As LyX doesn't support
13748 , you have to use TeX Code.
13749 The result looks in LyX like:
13752 \begin_layout Standard
13753 \begin_inset Graphics
13754 filename clipart/mbox.png
13761 \begin_layout Standard
13762 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13763 \begin_inset space ~
13767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13769 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13776 \begin_layout Subsection
13778 \begin_inset Index idx
13781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13791 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13794 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13801 \begin_layout Standard
13802 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13803 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13804 LaTeX then adds the
13805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13808 appropriate amount of space
13809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13813 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13815 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13820 not work in all cases.
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13833 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13834 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13838 Here are some examples of
13842 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13845 \begin_layout Itemize
13850 \begin_layout Itemize
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13859 \begin_layout Itemize
13861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13865 this is too much space!
13868 \begin_layout Itemize
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13881 \begin_layout Enumerate
13885 \begin_inset space ~
13890 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13891 \begin_inset space ~
13895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13897 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13902 \begin_inset Index idx
13905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13906 Spaces ! inter-word
13914 \begin_layout Enumerate
13918 \begin_inset space ~
13923 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13924 \begin_inset space ~
13928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13930 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13935 \begin_inset Index idx
13938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13947 \begin_layout Enumerate
13951 \begin_inset space ~
13955 \begin_inset space ~
13959 \begin_inset space ~
13966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13968 \begin_inset space ~
13973 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13974 This function is also bound to
13977 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13983 \begin_layout Standard
13984 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13987 \begin_layout Itemize
13989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13993 \begin_inset space \space{}
13996 this is too much space!
13999 \begin_layout Itemize
14000 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14004 \begin_layout Standard
14005 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14006 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14007 will take care of this.
14010 \begin_layout Standard
14011 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14015 \begin_inset space ~
14020 feature described in section
14026 Additional Features
14031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14033 \begin_inset Index idx
14036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14037 Typography ! Quotes
14043 \begin_inset Index idx
14046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Standard
14078 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14079 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14080 and use a closing quote at the end.
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 The keyboard character,
14094 , generates this automatically.
14097 \begin_layout Standard
14098 You can change the behavior of the
14102 key using the submenu
14108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14112 \begin_inset Index idx
14115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14116 Document ! Settings
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14130 There are six choices:
14133 \begin_layout Labeling
14134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14146 Use quotes like this
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14155 \begin_inset Quotes els
14159 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14165 \begin_layout Labeling
14166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14169 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14173 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14179 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14183 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14187 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14193 \begin_layout Labeling
14194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14197 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14207 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14211 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14215 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14219 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14225 \begin_layout Labeling
14226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14229 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14233 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14239 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14243 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14247 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14251 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14257 \begin_layout Labeling
14258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14261 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14265 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14271 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14275 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14279 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14283 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14289 \begin_layout Labeling
14290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14293 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14297 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14303 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14307 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14311 \begin_inset Quotes als
14315 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 These settings affect what character the
14329 \begin_layout Subsection
14331 \begin_inset Index idx
14334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14335 Typography ! Ligatures
14341 \begin_inset Index idx
14344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14375 name "sub:Ligatures"
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14384 print them as single characters.
14385 These groups are known as
14390 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14392 Here are the standard ligatures:
14395 \begin_layout Itemize
14399 \begin_layout Itemize
14403 \begin_layout Itemize
14407 \begin_layout Itemize
14411 \begin_layout Itemize
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14416 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14420 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14421 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14429 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14445 To break a ligature, use
14447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14448 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14450 \begin_inset space ~
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14468 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14485 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 \begin_layout Subsection
14495 \begin_inset Index idx
14498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14507 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14516 characters in different sizes and heights.
14517 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14518 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14538 \begin_inset Note Note
14541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14542 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14550 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14551 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14556 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14560 \begin_layout Description
14561 LyX The name of the game, write
14562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 \begin_layout Description
14584 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Standard
14653 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14666 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14667 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14668 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14671 : The actual version is
14672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 , the previous one was
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 \begin_layout Standard
14691 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14696 \begin_inset space \space{}
14699 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14701 This will look in LyX like:
14702 \begin_inset Graphics
14703 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14709 \begin_inset Newline newline
14712 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14713 \begin_inset space ~
14717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14719 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14726 \begin_layout Subsection
14728 \begin_inset Index idx
14731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 \begin_layout Standard
14741 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14742 space between two words.
14743 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14753 for units use the menu
14755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14756 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14758 \begin_inset space ~
14766 arg "space-insert thin"
14772 \begin_layout Standard
14773 Here's an example to show the differences:
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14777 \begin_inset Tabular
14778 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14779 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14780 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14781 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14788 \begin_inset space ~
14792 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 space between number and unit
14811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14820 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 half space between number and unit
14845 \begin_layout Subsection
14847 \begin_inset Index idx
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14851 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14860 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14862 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14863 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14864 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14865 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14866 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14867 These bits of text became known as
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14880 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14881 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14882 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14883 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14884 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14885 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14890 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14891 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14892 \begin_inset space ~
14896 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14898 key "latexcompanion"
14903 \begin_inset space ~
14907 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14913 ] may have more information.
14914 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14917 \begin_layout Chapter
14918 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14921 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14934 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14937 \begin_layout Section
14939 \begin_inset Index idx
14942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14958 \begin_layout Standard
14959 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14962 \begin_layout Description
14964 \begin_inset space ~
14967 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14968 \begin_inset Newline newline
14972 \begin_inset Note Note
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14984 \begin_layout Description
14985 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14986 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14988 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14989 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14990 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14993 \begin_inset Newline newline
14997 \begin_inset Note Comment
15000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15001 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15009 \begin_layout Description
15011 \begin_inset space ~
15014 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15015 \begin_inset Newline newline
15019 \begin_inset Newline newline
15023 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15032 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15033 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15034 How this can be done is explained in the
15043 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15049 \begin_inset Newline newline
15053 \begin_inset Newline newline
15056 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15057 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15062 \begin_inset Graphics
15063 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15065 scaleBeforeRotation
15071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15075 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15078 \begin_layout Section
15080 \begin_inset Index idx
15083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15092 name "sec:Footnotes"
15099 \begin_layout Standard
15100 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15106 or the toolbar button
15107 \begin_inset Graphics
15108 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15121 \begin_inset Graphics
15122 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15131 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15160 label, the box will
15164 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15165 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15178 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15194 \begin_layout Standard
15195 Here's an example footnote:
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15204 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15214 position where the footnote box is placed.
15215 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15216 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15217 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15218 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15219 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15224 ey are described in the
15231 \begin_layout Section
15233 \begin_inset Index idx
15236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15245 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15252 \begin_layout Standard
15253 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15254 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15258 \begin_inset space ~
15263 or the toolbar button
15264 \begin_inset Graphics
15265 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15292 appearing within your text.
15293 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15303 At the side is an example marginal note.
15307 \begin_inset Marginal
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15311 This is a marginal note.
15319 \begin_layout Standard
15320 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15321 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15322 pages, right on odd pages.
15325 \begin_layout Section
15326 Graphics and Images
15327 \begin_inset Index idx
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 \begin_inset Index idx
15340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15349 name "sec:Graphics"
15356 \begin_layout Standard
15357 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15358 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15359 \begin_inset Graphics
15360 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15370 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15379 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15380 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15382 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15383 \begin_inset space ~
15387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15389 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15396 \begin_layout Standard
15401 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15402 of the image in the output.
15403 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15407 \begin_inset space ~
15411 \begin_inset space ~
15420 \begin_inset space ~
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15428 \begin_inset space ~
15433 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15434 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15442 \begin_layout Standard
15445 LaTeX and LyX options
15447 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15448 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15452 \begin_inset space ~
15457 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15458 with the image size is printed.
15462 \begin_inset space ~
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15470 \begin_inset space ~
15475 is explained in the
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15487 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15488 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15490 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15494 \begin_layout Standard
15496 \begin_inset Graphics
15497 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15499 rotateOrigin center
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15507 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15508 the image into a float, see section
15509 \begin_inset space ~
15513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15515 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15522 \begin_layout Subsection
15524 \begin_inset Index idx
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15536 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15543 \begin_layout Standard
15544 You can insert images in any known file format.
15545 But as we explained in section
15546 \begin_inset space ~
15550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15552 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15556 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15557 LyX uses therefore the program
15561 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15562 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15563 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15564 \begin_inset space ~
15568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15570 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15577 \begin_layout Standard
15578 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15581 \begin_layout Description
15583 \begin_inset space ~
15586 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15587 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15588 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15592 Graphics Interchange Format
15593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15596 (GIF, file extension
15597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15609 \begin_inset Index idx
15612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15644 Portable Network Graphics
15645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15648 (PNG, file extension
15649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15661 \begin_inset Index idx
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15696 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15700 (JPG, file extension
15701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15725 \begin_inset Index idx
15728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Description
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15764 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15766 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15767 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15768 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15769 \begin_inset Newline newline
15772 Scalable image formats can be
15773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15776 Scalable Vector Graphics
15777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15780 (SVG, file extension
15781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15793 \begin_inset Index idx
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 Encapsulated PostScript
15829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 (EPS, file extension
15833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15845 \begin_inset Index idx
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15880 Portable Document Format
15881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15884 (PDF, file extension
15885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15897 \begin_inset Index idx
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15908 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15909 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15923 \begin_layout Standard
15924 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15928 \begin_layout Subsection
15929 Grouping of Image Settings
15930 \begin_inset Index idx
15933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15934 Images ! Settings grouping
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15943 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15945 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15946 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15948 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15949 need to manually change each of them.
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15954 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15957 \begin_inset space ~
15962 field in the Graphics dialog.
15963 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15964 by checking the name of the desired group.
15967 \begin_layout Section
15969 \begin_inset Index idx
15972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15989 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15990 \begin_inset Graphics
15991 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16002 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16003 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16004 from the rest of the table.
16005 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16006 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16008 Here's an example table:
16011 \begin_layout Standard
16013 \begin_inset Tabular
16014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16015 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 \begin_layout Subsection
16223 \begin_layout Standard
16224 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16225 brings up the table dialog.
16226 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16227 where the cursor is placed currently.
16228 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16229 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16230 done on all of your selection.
16233 \begin_layout Standard
16234 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16237 \begin_inset space ~
16242 helps you in setting table properties.
16243 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16250 \begin_inset space ~
16255 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16256 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16257 current cell respectively.
16258 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16260 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16261 of text, see section
16262 \begin_inset space ~
16266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16268 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16275 \begin_layout Standard
16276 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16282 This will merge the cells to
16286 cell, spread over more than one column.
16287 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16288 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16289 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16290 in the last row without the upper border:
16293 \begin_layout Standard
16295 \begin_inset Tabular
16296 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16297 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16299 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 \begin_layout Standard
16433 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16434 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16435 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16436 explained in the tables section of the
16439 \begin_inset space ~
16445 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16449 degrees counterclockwise.
16450 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16453 \begin_layout Standard
16454 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 Most DVI-viewers are
16466 able to display rotations.
16474 \begin_layout Standard
16479 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16484 adds lines for all cell borders.
16487 \begin_layout Subsection
16489 \begin_inset Index idx
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 Tables ! Longtables
16499 \begin_inset Index idx
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 \begin_layout Standard
16512 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16515 \begin_inset space ~
16519 \begin_inset space ~
16528 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16529 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16532 \begin_layout Description
16537 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16538 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16539 except for the first page, if
16542 \begin_inset space ~
16550 \begin_layout Description
16554 \begin_inset space ~
16559 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16560 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16563 \begin_layout Description
16568 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16569 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16570 except for the last page, if
16573 \begin_inset space ~
16581 \begin_layout Description
16585 \begin_inset space ~
16590 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16591 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16594 \begin_layout Description
16595 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16596 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16602 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16605 \begin_inset space ~
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16614 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16615 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16616 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16617 The others will then be defined as
16622 In this context, first means first in this order:
16625 \begin_inset space ~
16637 \begin_inset space ~
16643 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16646 \begin_layout Standard
16648 \begin_inset Tabular
16649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16650 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16651 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16652 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16653 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16654 <row endfirsthead="true">
16655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 <row endfirsthead="true">
16686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16706 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <row endhead="true">
16719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16739 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <row endhead="true">
16750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 <row endfoot="true">
16783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <row endlastfoot="true">
18765 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 \begin_layout Subsection
18804 \begin_inset Index idx
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18816 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18823 \begin_layout Standard
18824 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18825 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18826 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18827 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18831 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18832 for the cell's paragraph.
18835 \begin_layout Standard
18836 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18837 for the column in the table dialog.
18838 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18839 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18843 \begin_layout Standard
18845 \begin_inset Tabular
18846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18847 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18849 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18870 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 This is longer now.
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19052 This is longer now.
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19084 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19085 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19091 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19097 Selection with the mouse or with
19101 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19102 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19103 the selection from outside the table.
19106 \begin_layout Section
19108 \begin_inset Index idx
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19127 \begin_layout Standard
19128 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19129 have a fixed location.
19131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19138 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19146 \begin_inset space ~
19151 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19152 too many notes on the page.
19155 \begin_layout Standard
19156 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19157 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19158 and pages without text.
19159 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19160 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19161 Floats are therefore numbered.
19162 Referencing is described in section
19163 \begin_inset space ~
19167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19169 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19176 \begin_layout Standard
19177 To insert a float, use the menu
19179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19183 A box with a caption that has e.
19184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19188 \begin_inset space \space{}
19192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19196 \begin_inset space ~
19200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19203 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19204 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19206 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19207 \begin_inset Index idx
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19217 paragraph within the float.
19218 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19219 by left-clicking on the box label.
19220 A closed float box looks like this:
19221 \begin_inset Graphics
19222 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19227 – a gray button with a red label.
19230 \begin_layout Standard
19231 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19232 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19235 \begin_layout Subsection
19239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19241 \begin_inset Index idx
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 Floats ! Figure floats
19251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19253 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19264 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19267 inserts a float with the label
19268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19274 \begin_inset space ~
19280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19284 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19285 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19286 This is what we did for Figure
19287 \begin_inset space ~
19291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19293 reference "cap:Platypus"
19298 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19299 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19300 This was done in Figure
19301 \begin_inset space ~
19305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19307 reference "cap:Escher"
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19315 \begin_inset Float figure
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 \begin_inset Graphics
19323 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19325 rotateOrigin center
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19333 \begin_inset Caption
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19338 name "cap:Platypus"
19342 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19355 \begin_layout Standard
19356 \begin_inset Float figure
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 \begin_inset Caption
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 \begin_inset Graphics
19383 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19385 rotateOrigin center
19397 \begin_layout Standard
19398 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19400 As described in section
19401 \begin_inset space ~
19405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19407 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19411 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19416 and refer to it using the menu
19418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19422 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19431 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19443 \begin_layout Standard
19444 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19445 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19446 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19447 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19449 \begin_inset space ~
19453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19455 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19459 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19460 You can also set the images one below the other.
19462 \begin_inset space ~
19466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19468 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19475 reference "fig:Platypus"
19479 are the subfigures.
19482 \begin_layout Standard
19483 \begin_inset Float figure
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19493 \begin_inset Float figure
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19499 \begin_inset Caption
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19504 name "fig:Undefinable"
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 \begin_inset Graphics
19518 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19529 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19533 \begin_inset Float figure
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 \begin_inset Caption
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19544 name "fig:Platypus"
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 \begin_inset Graphics
19558 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 \begin_inset Caption
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19582 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19586 Two distorted images.
19599 \begin_layout Standard
19600 Note that the caption is added to the
19603 \begin_inset space ~
19607 \begin_inset space ~
19612 as described in section
19613 \begin_inset space ~
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19619 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19628 \begin_inset Index idx
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 Floats ! Table floats
19640 \begin_layout Standard
19641 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19644 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19648 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19651 \begin_inset space ~
19655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19657 reference "cap:Table-float"
19661 is an example of a table float.
19664 \begin_layout Standard
19665 \begin_inset Float table
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \begin_inset Caption
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19676 name "cap:Table-float"
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 \begin_inset Tabular
19691 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19692 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19843 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19845 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19889 \begin_inset Index idx
19892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19901 \begin_layout Standard
19902 This float type is inserted with the menu
19904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19905 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19909 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19910 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19914 , described in section
19915 \begin_inset space ~
19919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19921 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19929 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19943 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19946 \begin_layout Standard
19951 floatname{algorithm}{your
19952 \begin_inset space ~
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 to the document preamble (menu
19961 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19968 \begin_inset space ~
19974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19990 \begin_inset Index idx
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19994 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20003 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 \begin_inset Graphics
20012 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20014 rotateOrigin center
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_inset Caption
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20027 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20031 This is a wrapped figure.
20032 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20045 This float type is used if you want to
20046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20053 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20055 It can be inserted using the menu
20057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20058 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20060 \begin_inset space ~
20065 if the LaTeX-package
20070 \begin_inset Index idx
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20097 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20100 \begin_inset space ~
20104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20106 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20110 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 Available units are explained in Appendix
20120 \begin_inset space ~
20124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20126 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20135 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20140 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20148 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20153 \begin_inset space \space{}
20156 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20157 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20166 \begin_layout Itemize
20167 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20168 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20169 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20170 page breaks will appear.
20173 \begin_layout Itemize
20174 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20175 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20178 \begin_layout Itemize
20179 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20180 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20183 \begin_layout Itemize
20184 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20187 \begin_layout Subsection
20189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20191 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20196 \begin_inset Index idx
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 \begin_layout Standard
20209 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20210 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20214 \begin_inset space ~
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20224 have a multi-column document).
20225 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20228 \begin_inset space ~
20234 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20235 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20244 format is also the same: Table
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20251 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20255 is an example of a rotated table float.
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 \begin_inset Float table
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 \begin_inset Caption
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20287 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 \begin_inset Tabular
20302 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20303 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 \begin_layout Subsection
20370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20372 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20377 \begin_inset Index idx
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20391 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20392 \begin_inset Newline newline
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20403 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20404 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20405 \begin_inset Newline newline
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20416 is used to rotate floats, see section
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20423 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20432 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20435 \begin_inset space ~
20439 \begin_inset space ~
20447 \begin_layout Description
20449 \begin_inset space ~
20453 \begin_inset space ~
20456 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20459 \begin_layout Description
20461 \begin_inset space ~
20465 \begin_inset space ~
20468 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20471 \begin_layout Description
20473 \begin_inset space ~
20477 \begin_inset space ~
20480 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20483 \begin_layout Description
20485 \begin_inset space ~
20489 \begin_inset space ~
20492 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20495 \begin_layout Standard
20496 The order of the above option is
20501 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20509 \begin_inset space ~
20517 \begin_inset space ~
20521 \begin_inset space ~
20526 , and then the others.
20527 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20529 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20530 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20533 \begin_layout Standard
20534 By default, each option has its own rules:
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20541 \begin_inset space ~
20545 \begin_inset space ~
20550 only floats occupying less than 70
20551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20554 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20561 \begin_inset space ~
20565 \begin_inset space ~
20570 : only floats occupying less than 30
20571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20574 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20577 \begin_layout Standard
20581 \begin_inset space ~
20585 \begin_inset space ~
20590 : only if more than 50
20591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20594 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20598 \begin_layout Standard
20599 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20607 \begin_inset space ~
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20616 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20617 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20618 For this case you can use the option
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20627 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20629 Because the float is then no longer able to
20630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20637 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20642 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20648 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20650 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20657 \begin_layout Section
20659 \begin_inset Index idx
20662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20671 name "sec:Minipages"
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20679 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20681 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20682 \begin_inset space ~
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20696 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20697 and its alignment within the page.
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20702 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20711 height_special "totalheight"
20714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20717 This is a minipage.
20718 The text is set in an italic style.
20721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20724 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20725 another formatting.
20733 \begin_layout Standard
20734 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20737 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20741 as described in section
20742 \begin_inset space ~
20746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20748 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20753 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20759 \begin_layout Standard
20760 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20769 height_special "totalheight"
20772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20773 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20774 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20784 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20793 height_special "totalheight"
20796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20797 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20798 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20815 to other box types.
20816 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20827 \begin_layout Chapter
20828 Mathematical Formulas
20829 \begin_inset Index idx
20832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 \begin_inset Index idx
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20873 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20880 \begin_layout Standard
20881 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20886 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20889 \begin_layout Section
20891 \begin_inset Index idx
20894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20904 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20905 \begin_inset Graphics
20906 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20911 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20913 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20914 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20915 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20923 \begin_layout Standard
20924 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20928 \begin_inset space ~
20933 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20938 line, like this one:
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20942 This is a line with an inline formula
20943 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20950 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20951 paragraph, like this one:
20952 \begin_inset Formula \[
20957 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20960 \begin_layout Standard
20961 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20967 \begin_inset space \space{}
20971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20984 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20985 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20989 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20992 \begin_inset space ~
21000 \begin_layout Subsection
21001 Navigating in Formulas
21002 \begin_inset Index idx
21005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21016 achieved with the arrow keys.
21017 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21018 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21023 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21024 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21028 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21032 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21034 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21042 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21047 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21048 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21056 , printed in this document as
21057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21078 \begin_inset Note Note
21081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21082 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21083 space character (visible space).
21088 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21089 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21090 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21095 For example, if you want
21096 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21150 , since in the latter case only the
21153 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21158 will be under the square root sign:
21159 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21165 \begin_layout Standard
21166 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21168 \begin_inset Formula \[
21169 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21172 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21176 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21177 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21180 \begin_layout Subsection
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21186 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21190 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21191 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21192 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21193 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21194 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21197 \begin_layout Subsection
21198 Exponents and Subscripts
21199 \begin_inset Index idx
21202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21209 \begin_inset Index idx
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21222 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21223 way is to use a command.
21225 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21228 , type in a formula
21234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21256 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21260 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21281 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21290 , you have to use an extra
21294 to separate the hat and the character.
21296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21300 \begin_inset space \space{}
21304 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21325 Subscripts are similar: To get
21326 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21349 \begin_layout Subsection
21351 \begin_inset Index idx
21354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21363 \begin_layout Standard
21364 Create a fraction with either the command
21371 \begin_inset Graphics
21372 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21380 \begin_inset space ~
21386 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21387 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21388 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21393 To move back up, press
21398 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21399 \begin_inset Formula \[
21400 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21402 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21409 \begin_layout Subsection
21411 \begin_inset Index idx
21414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21424 Roots can be created using the
21427 \begin_inset space ~
21433 \begin_inset Graphics
21434 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21457 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21463 produces always a square root.
21466 \begin_layout Subsection
21467 Operators with Limits
21468 \begin_inset Index idx
21471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 \begin_inset Index idx
21481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21490 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21499 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21503 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21506 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21507 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21508 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21509 The sum operator will automatically place its
21510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21517 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21520 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21524 \begin_inset Formula \[
21525 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21529 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21533 \begin_layout Standard
21534 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21536 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21537 behind the operator and hitting
21545 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21546 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21548 \begin_inset space ~
21552 \begin_inset space ~
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21561 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21569 feature as addition, such as
21570 \begin_inset Index idx
21573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 \begin_inset Formula \[
21581 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21585 which will place the
21586 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21598 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21599 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21605 \begin_layout Standard
21606 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21613 Have a look at section
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21620 reference "sub:Functions"
21624 for an explanation of function macros.
21627 \begin_layout Subsection
21629 \begin_inset Index idx
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21641 \begin_layout Standard
21642 Most math symbols can be found in the
21645 \begin_inset space ~
21650 under one of several categories; including
21667 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21672 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21673 you don't have to use the
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21681 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21682 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21685 \begin_layout Subsection
21687 \begin_inset Index idx
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21700 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21705 arg "space-insert protected"
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21717 \begin_inset Graphics
21718 filename ../images/math/space.png
21723 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21724 For example, the sequence
21729 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21733 \begin_inset Graphics
21734 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21739 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21740 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21741 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21742 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21744 Here are two examples:
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21757 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21773 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21779 \begin_layout Subsection
21781 \begin_inset Index idx
21784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21793 name "sub:Functions"
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21804 \begin_inset space ~
21809 contains under the button
21810 \begin_inset Graphics
21811 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21815 a number of function macros, such as
21816 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21820 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21828 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21835 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21836 avoid confusions, because
21837 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21841 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21847 \begin_layout Standard
21848 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21850 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21854 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21862 s are placed, as described in section
21863 \begin_inset space ~
21867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21869 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21876 \begin_layout Subsection
21878 \begin_inset Index idx
21881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21890 \begin_layout Standard
21891 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21893 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21894 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21899 \begin_inset space \space{}
21903 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21906 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21907 Our example is entered by typing
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21928 \begin_inset space ~
21932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21934 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21938 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21942 \begin_inset Float table
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 \begin_inset Caption
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21953 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21957 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_inset Tabular
21968 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21969 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22110 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22218 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22326 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22434 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22488 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22558 \begin_inset space ~
22564 \begin_inset Graphics
22565 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22569 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22573 \begin_layout Section
22574 Brackets and Delimiters
22575 \begin_inset Index idx
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 \begin_inset Index idx
22588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22597 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22604 \begin_layout Standard
22605 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22606 For most purposes, using just the keys
22611 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22612 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22613 toolbar delimiter icon
22614 \begin_inset Graphics
22615 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22620 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22622 \begin_inset Formula \[
22623 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22625 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22629 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22630 \begin_inset Formula \[
22631 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22638 \begin_layout Standard
22639 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22640 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22643 \begin_layout Standard
22644 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22645 left side and right side.
22646 If you use the option
22649 \begin_inset space ~
22654 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22655 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22656 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22657 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22660 \begin_layout Standard
22661 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22662 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22663 inside the brackets.
22664 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22669 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22672 \begin_layout Section
22673 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22674 \begin_inset Index idx
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 \begin_inset Index idx
22687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22694 \begin_inset Index idx
22697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22706 \begin_layout Standard
22707 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22710 \begin_inset space ~
22716 \begin_inset Graphics
22717 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22722 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22723 Here is an example:
22724 \begin_inset Formula \[
22725 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22728 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22732 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22733 \begin_inset space ~
22737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22739 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22744 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22745 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22746 This alignment is set in the box
22751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22799 for every column as default.
22800 For example, the sequence
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22813 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22814 corresponds to the relevant column.
22815 The result will look like this:
22816 \begin_inset Formula \[
22818 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22819 column & has & has\, right\\
22820 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22827 \begin_layout Standard
22828 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22831 arg "newline-insert newline"
22834 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22835 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22837 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22840 or the math toolbar.
22843 \begin_layout Standard
22844 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22845 It can be created with the menu
22847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22848 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22850 \begin_inset space ~
22862 Here is an example:
22863 \begin_inset Formula \[
22867 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22875 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22878 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22881 arg "newline-insert newline"
22885 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22890 arg "newline-insert newline"
22893 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22901 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22902 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22903 A new row is created by every further hit of
22906 arg "newline-insert newline"
22910 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22911 Here is an example:
22912 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22913 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22914 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22918 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22919 where you want to start the shift and hit
22924 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22925 position to the next column.
22926 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22927 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22928 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22929 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22944 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22945 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22948 reference "eq:asquared"
22953 The other types are described in section
22954 \begin_inset space ~
22958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22960 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22967 \begin_layout Section
22968 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22969 \begin_inset Index idx
22972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22973 Math ! Formula numbering
22979 \begin_inset Index idx
22982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22983 Math ! Referencing formulas
22989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22991 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22998 \begin_layout Standard
22999 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23002 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23004 \begin_inset space ~
23012 arg "math-number-toggle"
23016 The formula number appears in LyX as
23017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23024 within parentheses.
23026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23033 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23035 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23036 the document class.
23037 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23038 separated by a dot:
23039 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23040 1+1=2\end{equation}
23047 arg "math-number-toggle"
23050 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23051 You can only number displayed formulas.
23054 \begin_layout Standard
23055 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23058 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23060 \begin_inset space ~
23064 \begin_inset space ~
23068 \begin_inset space ~
23076 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23079 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23080 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23082 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23083 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23087 To number all lines use the shortcut
23090 arg "math-number-toggle"
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23100 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23101 A label is inserted with the menu
23103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23106 when the cursor is in the formula.
23107 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23108 It is recommended to use the proposed
23109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23120 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23121 type when you have many labels in your document.
23122 We inserted in the following example the label
23123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23130 in the second line:
23131 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23132 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23133 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23137 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23138 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23148 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23152 \begin_inset space ~
23158 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23159 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23160 as the formula number:
23163 \begin_layout Standard
23164 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23167 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23174 \begin_layout Standard
23175 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23176 \begin_inset space ~
23180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23182 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23187 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23193 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23198 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23206 \begin_layout Section
23207 User defined math macros
23208 \begin_inset Index idx
23211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23221 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23222 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23223 Math macros are explained in section
23226 \begin_inset space ~
23238 \begin_layout Section
23242 \begin_layout Subsection
23244 \begin_inset Index idx
23247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 \begin_layout Standard
23257 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23258 To set a font in a formula, use the
23261 \begin_inset space ~
23267 \begin_inset Graphics
23268 filename ../images/math/font.png
23272 , or enter its command, listed in table
23273 \begin_inset space ~
23277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23279 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23286 \begin_layout Standard
23287 \begin_inset Float table
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_inset Caption
23295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23298 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23302 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23312 \begin_inset Tabular
23313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23314 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23402 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23550 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_layout Standard
23585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23593 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23609 \begin_layout Standard
23610 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23611 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23616 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23617 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23618 Here an example where
23619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23630 denotes the set of numbers:
23631 \begin_inset Formula \[
23632 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23646 \begin_inset space \space{}
23658 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23662 \begin_inset Newline newline
23665 So it is better not to use this feature.
23668 \begin_layout Standard
23669 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23670 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23674 \begin_inset Newline newline
23677 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23683 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23684 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23697 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23704 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23706 \begin_inset space ~
23714 \begin_layout Subsection
23716 \begin_inset Index idx
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23728 \begin_layout Standard
23729 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23731 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23735 \begin_inset space ~
23739 \begin_inset space ~
23747 \begin_inset space ~
23753 \begin_inset Graphics
23754 filename ../images/math/font.png
23765 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23766 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23767 Here is an example:
23768 \begin_inset Formula \[
23770 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23771 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23778 \begin_layout Subsection
23780 \begin_inset Index idx
23783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23794 automatically chosen in most situations.
23812 For most characters,
23820 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23821 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23826 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23827 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23829 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23830 \begin_inset Graphics
23831 filename ../images/math/style.png
23836 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23837 For example, you can set
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23841 , which is normally in
23850 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23854 The four styles are used in the following example:
23857 \begin_layout Standard
23858 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23862 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23866 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23870 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23876 \begin_layout Standard
23877 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23878 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23880 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23882 \begin_inset space ~
23887 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23888 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23889 will be adjusted to correspond.
23890 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23901 \begin_layout Standard
23905 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23911 \begin_layout Section
23915 \begin_layout Standard
23916 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23917 the document classes and into layout modules.
23918 \begin_inset Index idx
23921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23928 other than the AMS classes.
23930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23932 reference "sub:Modules"
23936 for more on layout modules.
23939 \begin_layout Section
23941 \begin_inset Index idx
23944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23951 \begin_inset Index idx
23954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23964 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23965 (AMS) that are in common use.
23968 \begin_layout Subsection
23969 Enabling AMS-Support
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 Selecting the checkbox
23976 \begin_inset space ~
23980 \begin_inset space ~
23984 \begin_inset space ~
23991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23995 \begin_inset Index idx
23998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23999 Document ! Settings
24007 \begin_inset space ~
24012 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24014 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24015 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24018 \begin_layout Subsection
24020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24022 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24027 \begin_inset Index idx
24030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24031 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24039 \begin_layout Standard
24040 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24041 LyX allows you to choose between
24062 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24065 \begin_layout Chapter
24069 \begin_layout Section
24071 \begin_inset Index idx
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24083 name "sec:Cross-References"
24090 \begin_layout Standard
24091 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24092 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24094 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24095 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24096 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24099 \begin_layout Enumerate
24103 \begin_layout Enumerate
24104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24106 name "enu:Second-item"
24113 \begin_layout Enumerate
24117 \begin_layout Standard
24118 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24123 or by pressing the toolbar button
24124 \begin_inset Graphics
24125 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24131 A grey label box like this:
24132 \begin_inset Graphics
24133 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24138 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24139 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24174 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24179 \begin_inset space \space{}
24182 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24197 \begin_layout Standard
24198 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24203 or the toolbar button
24204 \begin_inset Graphics
24205 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24211 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24212 \begin_inset Graphics
24213 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24218 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24220 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24233 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24243 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24248 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24249 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24251 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24257 \begin_layout Standard
24258 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24259 \begin_inset space ~
24263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24265 reference "enu:Second-item"
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24273 It is recommended to use a protected space
24277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24278 described in section
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24285 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24294 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24302 \begin_layout Description
24303 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24306 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24313 \begin_layout Description
24314 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24315 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24327 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24334 \begin_layout Description
24335 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24336 \begin_inset space ~
24340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24341 LatexCommand pageref
24342 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24349 \begin_layout Description
24351 \begin_inset space ~
24355 \begin_inset space ~
24358 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24360 LatexCommand vpageref
24361 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24368 \begin_layout Description
24370 \begin_inset space ~
24374 \begin_inset space ~
24378 \begin_inset space ~
24381 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24385 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24392 \begin_layout Description
24394 \begin_inset space ~
24397 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24398 \begin_inset Newline newline
24402 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24410 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24415 \begin_inset Index idx
24418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24419 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24433 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24434 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24440 \begin_inset space \space{}
24444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24460 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24461 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24465 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24469 \begin_layout Standard
24470 You can only use the style
24474 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24478 is always possible.
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24482 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24483 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24484 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24485 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24486 \begin_inset space ~
24490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24492 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset space ~
24512 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24514 The button text changes then to
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24522 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24523 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24524 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24528 \begin_layout Standard
24529 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24530 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24531 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24536 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24540 References are described in detail in the
24547 \begin_layout Section
24548 Table of Contents and other Listings
24549 \begin_inset Index idx
24552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24559 \begin_inset Index idx
24562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24578 \begin_layout Subsection
24580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24582 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24590 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24593 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24595 \begin_inset space ~
24599 \begin_inset space ~
24605 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24606 If you click on it, the
24610 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24611 sections in your documents.
24612 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24614 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24617 that is described in sec.
24618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24624 reference "sec:Navigating"
24631 \begin_layout Standard
24632 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24633 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24635 \begin_inset space ~
24639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24641 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24645 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24647 \begin_inset space ~
24651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24653 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24657 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24659 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24662 \begin_layout Subsection
24663 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24666 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24673 \begin_layout Standard
24674 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24675 You can insert them via the
24677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24679 \begin_inset space ~
24683 \begin_inset space ~
24689 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24692 \begin_layout Section
24693 URLs and Hyperlinks
24694 \begin_inset Index idx
24697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24704 \begin_inset Index idx
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24716 \begin_layout Subsection
24718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24728 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24736 \begin_layout Standard
24737 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24738 \begin_inset Flex URL
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24752 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24758 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24762 \begin_layout Standard
24763 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24771 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24779 \begin_layout Subsection
24781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24783 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24790 \begin_layout Standard
24791 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24796 or with the toolbar button
24797 \begin_inset Graphics
24798 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24804 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24813 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24814 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24817 name "LyX's homepage"
24818 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24822 , an Email address like this:
24823 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24825 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24826 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24831 , or a link to a file.
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24835 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24848 to the link target.
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24852 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24853 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24854 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24855 the text style dialog.
24856 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24862 name "LyX's homepage"
24863 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24875 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24878 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24882 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24884 \begin_inset Newline newline
24892 \begin_inset Newline newline
24899 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24902 \begin_layout Section
24904 \begin_inset Index idx
24907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24916 name "sec:Appendices"
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24924 Appendices are created with the menu
24926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24928 \begin_inset space ~
24932 \begin_inset space ~
24938 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24939 as the appendix region.
24940 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24944 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24945 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24946 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24947 and the subsection number.
24948 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24954 \begin_inset space ~
24958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24960 reference "cha:Credits"
24965 \begin_inset space ~
24969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24971 reference "sub:Export"
24978 \begin_layout Section
24980 \begin_inset Index idx
24983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24992 name "sec:Bibliography"
24999 \begin_layout Standard
25000 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25001 You can include a bibliography database,
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25006 Known under the name
25007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25019 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25020 manually, using the paragraph environment
25024 , which was described in section
25025 \begin_inset space ~
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25031 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25036 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25037 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25041 use a bibliography database.
25044 \begin_layout Subsection
25045 The Bibliography Environment
25048 \begin_layout Standard
25053 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25055 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25064 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25066 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25075 , a short form of its title, as key.
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25079 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25084 or the toolbar button
25085 \begin_inset Graphics
25086 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25092 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25093 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25094 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25095 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25101 entry with surrounding brackets.
25106 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25107 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25122 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25125 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25127 key "latexcompanion"
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25135 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25136 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25145 \begin_layout Subsection
25146 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25147 \begin_inset Index idx
25150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25151 Bibliography ! Databases
25157 \begin_inset Index idx
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25161 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25169 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25176 \begin_layout Standard
25177 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25183 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25185 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25186 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25191 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25193 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25194 your working field in a database.
25195 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25196 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25198 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 The database is a text file with the file extension
25204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25215 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25216 The format is explained in
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25223 and in LaTeX books (
25224 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25226 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25231 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25232 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25233 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25234 \begin_inset Flex URL
25237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 To use a database, use the menu
25250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25274 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25275 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25278 Add bibliography to TOC
25280 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25285 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25289 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25301 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25302 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25303 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25305 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 For information how this is done, have a look at
25312 \begin_inset Newline newline
25316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25318 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25336 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25339 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25367 \begin_inset space ~
25373 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25379 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25388 \begin_layout Standard
25389 When you select the option
25391 Sectioned bibliography
25395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25398 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25399 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25401 Customizing Bibliographies
25409 Additional Features
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25416 the two methods of creating them.
25417 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25418 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25419 We used the style file
25423 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25426 \begin_layout Subsection
25427 Bibliography layout
25428 \begin_inset Index idx
25431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25432 Bibliography ! Layout
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25441 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25442 For this feature you need to enable the option
25448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25452 \begin_inset Index idx
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25456 Document ! Settings
25466 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25467 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25468 in the previous section.
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25472 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25473 in the citation reference window.
25474 Here an example where we set the text
25475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25479 \begin_inset space ~
25483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25486 to appear after the reference:
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25494 key "latexcompanion"
25501 \begin_layout Section
25503 \begin_inset Index idx
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25527 \begin_inset space ~
25532 or the toolbar button
25533 \begin_inset Graphics
25534 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25552 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25553 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25554 by LyX as the index entry.
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25558 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25559 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25561 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25563 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25571 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25575 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25579 \begin_inset space ~
25583 \begin_inset space ~
25586 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25588 \begin_inset space ~
25594 A light blue box labeled
25595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25606 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25607 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25610 \begin_layout Subsection
25611 Grouping Index Entries
25612 \begin_inset Index idx
25615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25625 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25627 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25628 lists under the entry
25629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25637 First we create the entry
25638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25646 \begin_inset space ~
25650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25652 reference "sub:Lists"
25657 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25658 \begin_inset space ~
25662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25664 reference "sec:Itemize"
25668 , we insert the command
25671 \begin_layout Standard
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25687 \begin_layout Standard
25688 for the enumerated list in section
25689 \begin_inset space ~
25693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25695 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25703 The exclamation mark
25704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25711 marks the grouping levels.
25712 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25713 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25714 If we don't have an index entry for
25715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25722 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25725 \begin_layout Subsection
25727 \begin_inset Index idx
25730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25731 Index ! Page ranges
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25740 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25742 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25743 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25745 \begin_inset space ~
25749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25751 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25761 Paragraph environments|(
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25765 and another entry at the end of section
25766 \begin_inset space ~
25770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25772 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25779 \begin_layout Standard
25782 Paragraph environments|)
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25810 respectively start and end the index range.
25811 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25812 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25813 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25814 An example is the index entry
25815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25818 Document ! Settings
25819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25825 \begin_layout Subsection
25827 \begin_inset Index idx
25830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25831 Index ! Cross referencing
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25841 We referred for example in the index entry
25842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25850 \begin_inset space ~
25854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25856 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25860 ) to the index entry
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25868 in the same section using the entry
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25874 GIF|see{Image formats}
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25878 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25879 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25880 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25883 \begin_layout Subsection
25885 \begin_inset Index idx
25888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25889 Index ! Entry order
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25899 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25900 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25905 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25907 \begin_inset space ~
25911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25913 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25922 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25923 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25948 \begin_inset Index idx
25951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25952 Dummy entries ! maïs
25958 \begin_inset Index idx
25961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 Dummy entries ! maître
25968 \begin_inset Index idx
25971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25972 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25977 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25978 order maïs, maison, maître.
25979 To achieve this, we use the command
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25985 previous entry@current entry
25988 \begin_layout Standard
25989 In our case we want to have
25990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26005 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26016 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26020 \begin_layout Subsection
26022 \begin_inset Index idx
26025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26026 Index ! Entry layout
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26036 \begin_inset Index idx
26039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26042 This is an italic dummy entry
26047 You can also format the page number using the character
26048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26055 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26056 We can write for example
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26062 italic page number:|textit
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 to get the page number in italic.
26067 \begin_inset Index idx
26070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26071 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26076 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26094 \begin_inset space ~
26100 Have a look at section
26101 \begin_inset space ~
26105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26107 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26111 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26123 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26127 to generate the index, see section
26128 \begin_inset space ~
26132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26134 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26143 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26144 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26146 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26149 key "latexcompanion"
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26164 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26165 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26166 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26167 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26168 If so, put the following in the preamble
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26194 in the index entry.
26195 \begin_inset Index idx
26198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26204 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26205 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26206 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26210 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26216 \begin_inset space \space{}
26219 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26220 for all index entries.
26221 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26233 documentation for details,
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26236 key "makeindex,xindy"
26243 \begin_layout Subsection
26245 \begin_inset Index idx
26248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26257 name "sub:Index-Program"
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26265 When the index entry program
26269 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26270 generation; otherwise the program
26274 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26275 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26276 dialog, see section
26277 \begin_inset space ~
26281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26283 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26288 The available options are listed and explained in
26289 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26291 key "makeindex,xindy"
26296 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26304 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26305 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26306 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26307 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26308 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26316 \begin_layout Section
26317 Nomenclature / Glossary
26318 \begin_inset Index idx
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26328 \begin_inset Index idx
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26362 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26370 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26371 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26381 \begin_inset Index idx
26384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26385 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26391 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26392 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26398 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26403 and then use the menu
26405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26411 \begin_inset space ~
26416 or the toolbar button
26417 \begin_inset Graphics
26418 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26436 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26440 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26441 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26442 The second is the description of the symbol.
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26454 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26462 \begin_layout Subsection
26463 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26464 \begin_inset Index idx
26467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26468 Nomenclature ! Layout
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26481 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26487 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26495 \begin_inset Newline newline
26503 \begin_inset Newline newline
26509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26516 character starts/ends the formula.
26517 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26529 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26540 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26541 \begin_inset space ~
26545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26547 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26558 \begin_inset space ~
26563 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26564 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26569 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26576 in this document is:
26577 \begin_inset Newline newline
26582 dummy entry for the character
26587 \begin_inset Newline newline
26599 \begin_inset space ~
26609 font use the command
26638 \begin_layout Subsection
26639 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26640 \begin_inset Index idx
26643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26644 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26653 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26654 the symbol definition.
26655 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26656 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26659 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26660 LatexCommand nomenclature
26662 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26669 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26673 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26674 LatexCommand nomenclature
26677 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26682 They will be sorted by
26683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26709 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26712 will be sorted before the
26716 since the character
26717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26724 is considered in sorting.
26727 \begin_layout Standard
26728 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26731 \begin_inset space ~
26736 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26737 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26739 For the example given, you can insert
26743 in this field for the
26744 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26751 will be located before
26752 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26759 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26773 \begin_layout Subsection
26774 Nomenclature Options
26775 \begin_inset Index idx
26778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26779 Nomenclature ! Options
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26792 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26793 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26796 \begin_layout Description
26797 refeq Appends the phrase
26798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 to every nomenclature entry, where
26819 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26822 \begin_layout Description
26823 refpage Appends the phrase
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26839 to every nomenclature entry, where
26845 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26848 \begin_layout Description
26849 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26853 There are furthermore the options
26897 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26902 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26903 class options list in the
26905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26909 In this document the option
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26917 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26924 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26925 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26930 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26933 \begin_layout Description
26943 \begin_layout Description
26946 nomrefpage Like the
26953 \begin_layout Description
26956 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26965 \begin_layout Description
26969 \begin_inset space ~
26975 \begin_inset space ~
26980 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26983 \begin_layout Subsection
26984 Printing the Nomenclature
26985 \begin_inset Index idx
26988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26989 Nomenclature ! Printing
26997 \begin_layout Standard
26998 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27002 \begin_inset space ~
27006 \begin_inset space ~
27009 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27013 A light blue box labeled
27014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27025 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27026 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27039 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27047 For example, in order to change the name to
27051 , add the following line to the preamble:
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27062 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27066 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27073 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27074 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27077 \begin_layout Standard
27085 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27091 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27092 \begin_inset space ~
27096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27098 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27103 The default value is 1
27104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27110 \begin_layout Subsection
27111 Nomenclature Program
27112 \begin_inset Index idx
27115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27116 Nomenclature ! Program
27122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27124 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27132 LyX uses the program
27136 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27137 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27142 by adding options, see section
27143 \begin_inset space ~
27147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27149 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27154 The available options are listed and explained in
27155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27157 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27164 \begin_layout Section
27166 \begin_inset Index idx
27169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27176 \begin_inset Index idx
27179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27180 Document ! Branches
27186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27188 name "sec:Branches"
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27197 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27198 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27199 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27202 \begin_layout Standard
27203 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27204 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27205 To create a branch, go in the
27207 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27215 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27216 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27221 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27226 where you can choose a branch.
27227 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27231 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27232 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 \begin_inset Branch Question
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27240 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27253 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27261 \begin_layout Standard
27262 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27269 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27270 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27272 For example you can define for the question branch
27276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27277 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27278 \begin_inset space ~
27282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27284 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27316 \begin_layout Standard
27317 and for the answer branch
27320 \begin_layout Standard
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 \begin_inset Branch Question
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27377 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 Now it is possible to use the commands
27417 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27424 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27427 to obtain conditional output.
27428 Here is an example formula where only the
27435 \begin_inset Formula \[
27436 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27443 \begin_layout Standard
27444 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27452 \begin_layout Section
27454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27456 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27461 \begin_inset Index idx
27464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27478 dialog allows you in the
27482 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27483 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27488 \begin_inset Index idx
27491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27492 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27505 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27506 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27507 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27509 You can specify in the dialog tab
27513 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27515 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27516 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27525 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27526 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27527 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27529 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27530 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27532 \begin_inset space ~
27535 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27536 \begin_inset space ~
27539 1 will only display the sections.
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 The header information in the dialog tab
27547 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27548 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27553 \begin_inset space \space{}
27556 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27557 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27560 Automatic fill header
27562 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27563 title and author settings.
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27569 Load in fullscreen mode
27571 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27576 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27582 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27583 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27592 \begin_layout Section
27593 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27596 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27603 \begin_layout Subsection
27605 \begin_inset Index idx
27608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27617 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27626 constructs, but not all.
27627 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27628 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27629 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27630 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27631 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27638 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27642 \begin_inset space ~
27647 or by the toolbar button
27648 \begin_inset Graphics
27649 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27654 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27660 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27661 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27668 , you can write the command part
27674 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27678 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27679 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27680 the following example:
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 \begin_inset Graphics
27685 filename clipart/ERT.png
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27698 This is a line with a
27702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27734 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27735 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27743 \begin_layout Subsection
27744 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27745 \begin_inset OptArg
27748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27755 \begin_inset Index idx
27758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27767 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27776 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27777 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27786 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27787 any time if you know the right commands.
27789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27793 \begin_inset space \space{}
27796 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27798 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27799 all caption labels bold.
27800 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27802 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27807 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27808 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27809 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27811 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27821 As result you know that the package
27826 \begin_inset Index idx
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27836 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27849 usepackage[options]{package name}
27852 \begin_layout Standard
27853 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27854 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27855 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 In your case the package name is
27864 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27869 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27870 So you add the command
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27878 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27887 For more commands provided by the
27891 package, have a look at its documentation,
27892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27906 \begin_layout Standard
27907 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27909 For example if you use a
27913 class, you don't need the package
27917 , you can instead write
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27925 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27932 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27933 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27940 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
27943 \begin_layout Standard
27944 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
27945 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27947 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27948 the previous section.
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27954 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27956 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27964 \begin_layout Section
27965 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27968 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27973 \begin_inset Index idx
27976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27983 \begin_inset Index idx
27986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27997 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27998 to break your train of thought with
28000 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28007 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28008 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28013 \begin_inset Index idx
28016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28017 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28022 as explained below, and turn on
28025 \begin_inset space ~
28032 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 \begin_inset space ~
28042 \begin_inset space ~
28045 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28051 \begin_layout Standard
28052 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28054 Previews of an already loaded document are
28058 generated just by selecting the
28061 \begin_inset space ~
28066 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28071 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28074 \begin_inset space ~
28079 check box in the insert dialog.
28080 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28089 (on some systems named simply
28094 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28096 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28102 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28103 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28111 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28116 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28127 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28129 \begin_inset space ~
28134 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28135 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28137 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28138 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28139 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28140 the source view window.
28143 \begin_layout Section
28145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28147 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28152 \begin_inset Index idx
28155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28165 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28166 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28183 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28189 can be seen as the successor to
28193 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28198 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28199 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28209 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28219 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28222 or the toolbar button
28223 \begin_inset Graphics
28224 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28229 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28230 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28231 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28232 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28233 scrolled so that it is visible.
28238 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28240 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28244 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28245 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28256 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28257 will bring an error message.
28258 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28259 specifying a different
28261 Alternative language
28263 in preferences dialog.
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28270 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28276 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28278 But you can use the
28281 \begin_inset space ~
28285 \begin_inset space ~
28293 \begin_layout Standard
28294 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28295 This does work with
28299 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28302 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28311 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28314 \begin_layout Description
28316 \begin_inset space ~
28319 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28320 should consider, e.
28321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28325 \begin_inset space \space{}
28328 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28329 This should not normally be needed.
28332 \begin_layout Description
28334 \begin_inset space ~
28337 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28338 the spell checker's default choice
28341 \begin_layout Description
28343 \begin_inset space ~
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28350 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28362 \begin_layout Description
28364 \begin_inset space ~
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28371 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28380 also for the spellchecker.
28384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 The encodings are explained in section
28386 \begin_inset space ~
28390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28392 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28401 Only enable this if you use
28405 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28406 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28407 so this is disabled by default.
28410 \begin_layout Section
28412 \begin_inset Index idx
28415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28424 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 LyX provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
28435 \begin_layout Enumerate
28444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28447 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
28456 which is also used by Abiword, but which is English only.
28459 \begin_layout Enumerate
28468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28471 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28480 which is also used by OpenOffice, and which supports many languages.
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
28485 (if both are installed,
28489 will be chosen automatically).
28492 \begin_layout Subsection
28493 Setting up the thesaurus
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28501 library can directly access the OpenOffice thesauri, which consist of two
28502 files per language: A file with the ending
28506 containing the data and an index file with the ending
28511 The file names include the language code for the given language, so the
28512 English files are named:
28515 \begin_layout Itemize
28519 \begin_layout Itemize
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28524 If you have OpenOffice installed including its thesaurus, these files should
28525 be already on your system.
28526 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28527 \begin_inset Newline newline
28531 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28533 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
28538 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28543 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28545 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28546 unpack a zip archive.
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28558 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28559 s), and the specify the path to this directory in
28561 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28562 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28566 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28569 \begin_layout Subsection
28570 Using the thesaurus
28573 \begin_layout Standard
28574 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28576 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28579 or the toolbar button
28580 \begin_inset Graphics
28581 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28583 rotateOrigin center
28587 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28589 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28591 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28592 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28593 and hyponyms (such as
28601 ), compounds (such as
28605 ) and antonyms (such as
28613 ), which are marked as such.
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28617 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28618 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28622 \begin_layout Standard
28623 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28624 the dictionary, such as the above
28628 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28633 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28634 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28635 For example looking up the word forms
28643 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28648 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28661 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28662 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28663 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28666 \begin_layout Section
28668 \begin_inset Index idx
28671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28678 \begin_inset Index idx
28681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28682 Document ! Change Tracking
28688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28690 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28697 \begin_layout Standard
28698 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28699 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28700 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28701 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28705 \begin_inset space ~
28708 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28710 \begin_inset space ~
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28728 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28735 \begin_inset space ~
28745 \begin_inset Index idx
28748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28758 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28759 \begin_inset Index idx
28762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28779 \begin_inset Graphics
28780 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28787 \begin_layout Standard
28788 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28795 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28799 \begin_layout Standard
28800 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28806 \begin_layout Standard
28807 \begin_inset Tabular
28808 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28809 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28810 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28811 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_inset Graphics
28818 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28820 rotateOrigin center
28829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28837 \begin_inset space ~
28840 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28842 \begin_inset space ~
28851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28856 \begin_inset Graphics
28857 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28859 rotateOrigin center
28868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28876 \begin_inset space ~
28879 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28881 \begin_inset space ~
28885 \begin_inset space ~
28889 \begin_inset space ~
28898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28903 \begin_inset Graphics
28904 filename ../images/change-next.png
28905 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28906 rotateOrigin center
28915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28919 Jumps to the next change
28925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28930 \begin_inset Graphics
28931 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28933 rotateOrigin center
28942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28950 \begin_inset space ~
28953 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28955 \begin_inset space ~
28964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 \begin_inset Graphics
28970 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28972 rotateOrigin center
28981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28992 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28994 \begin_inset space ~
29003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29008 \begin_inset Graphics
29009 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29011 rotateOrigin center
29020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29028 \begin_inset space ~
29031 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29033 \begin_inset space ~
29042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 \begin_inset Graphics
29048 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29050 rotateOrigin center
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29067 \begin_inset space ~
29070 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29072 \begin_inset space ~
29076 \begin_inset space ~
29085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 \begin_inset Graphics
29091 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29093 rotateOrigin center
29102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29110 \begin_inset space ~
29113 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29115 \begin_inset space ~
29119 \begin_inset space ~
29128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29133 \begin_inset Graphics
29134 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29136 rotateOrigin center
29145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29152 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29154 \begin_inset space ~
29163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 \begin_inset Graphics
29169 filename ../images/note-next.png
29170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29171 rotateOrigin center
29180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29186 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29204 \begin_layout Standard
29205 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29213 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29214 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29215 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29216 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29217 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29218 step to the next change.
29219 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29224 to describe a change.
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29233 \begin_inset Index idx
29236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29243 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29244 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29250 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29253 \begin_layout Section
29254 International Support
29255 \begin_inset Index idx
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 International support
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29268 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29269 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29270 how to set up LyX to use them:
29271 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29273 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29281 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29282 \begin_inset space ~
29286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29288 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29295 \begin_layout Subsection
29297 \begin_inset Index idx
29300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 \begin_inset Index idx
29310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29311 Document ! Settings
29317 \begin_inset Index idx
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29321 Document ! Language
29329 \begin_layout Standard
29332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29335 dialog lets you set
29337 the language and character encoding for your language.
29341 \begin_layout Standard
29342 Choose your language in the
29346 section of this dialog.
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29359 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29364 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29365 For details about the different encoding options see section
29366 \begin_inset space ~
29370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29372 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29379 \begin_layout Subsection
29380 Keyboard mapping configuration
29381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29383 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29390 \begin_layout Standard
29391 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29392 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29393 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29394 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29395 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29403 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29408 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29409 which one you want to use.
29412 \begin_layout Standard
29413 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29414 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29415 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29416 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29417 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29418 one to support the characters you want.
29419 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29426 \begin_layout Subsection
29430 \begin_layout Standard
29432 \begin_inset space ~
29436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29438 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29447 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29453 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29461 \begin_layout Itemize
29462 Even if you have selected
29468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29471 dialog, users who have only the
29475 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29479 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29480 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29481 french quotes won't show up.
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 \begin_inset Float table
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 \begin_inset Caption
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29496 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 \begin_inset Tabular
29515 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29516 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29521 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29522 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33946 \begin_layout Standard
33947 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33949 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33950 also the characters from
33962 \begin_layout Itemize
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33972 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33980 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33988 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33996 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33997 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34005 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34013 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34019 \begin_layout Standard
34021 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34028 \begin_layout Itemize
34041 \begin_layout Standard
34043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34049 \begin_layout Standard
34051 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34057 \begin_layout Standard
34059 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34073 \begin_layout Standard
34075 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34090 \begin_layout Standard
34091 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34092 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34093 Also make sure you're using the
34100 \begin_layout Chapter
34103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34105 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34112 \begin_layout Standard
34113 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34114 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34115 inside the user's guide.
34118 \begin_layout Section
34120 \begin_inset Index idx
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34137 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34138 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34141 \begin_layout Subsection
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34146 Creates a new document.
34149 \begin_layout Subsection
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34154 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34155 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34156 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34159 \begin_layout Subsection
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34167 \begin_layout Subsection
34171 \begin_layout Standard
34172 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34173 Click there on a file to open it.
34176 \begin_layout Subsection
34180 \begin_layout Standard
34181 Closes the current document.
34184 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34189 Saves the actual document.
34192 \begin_layout Subsection
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34200 \begin_layout Subsection
34204 \begin_layout Standard
34205 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34208 \begin_layout Subsection
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34213 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34214 It is described in the section
34216 Version Control in LyX
34220 Additional Features
34225 \begin_layout Subsection
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34231 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34232 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34236 When using the menu
34239 \begin_inset space ~
34243 \begin_inset space ~
34248 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34249 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34250 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34251 will start a new paragraph.
34254 \begin_layout Subsection
34256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34265 \begin_layout Standard
34266 You can export your document to various file formats.
34267 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34268 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34269 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34272 \begin_layout Standard
34273 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34275 \begin_inset space ~
34279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34281 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34288 \begin_layout Description
34292 \begin_inset space ~
34297 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34298 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34301 \begin_layout Description
34309 \begin_layout Description
34310 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34314 \begin_layout Description
34316 \begin_inset space ~
34320 \begin_inset space ~
34323 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34327 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34335 \begin_layout Description
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 \begin_inset space ~
34355 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34356 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34360 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34363 \begin_layout Description
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 \begin_inset space ~
34383 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34384 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34392 \begin_layout Description
34394 \begin_inset space ~
34397 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34405 is replaced by the version number)
34408 \begin_layout Description
34409 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34422 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34426 \begin_layout Description
34431 PDF-format using the program
34436 \begin_layout Description
34440 \begin_inset space ~
34445 PDF-format using the program
34450 \begin_layout Description
34454 \begin_inset space ~
34459 PDF-format using the program
34464 \begin_layout Description
34468 \begin_inset space ~
34476 \begin_layout Description
34480 \begin_inset space ~
34484 \begin_inset space ~
34489 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34490 and then exported as text using the program
34495 \begin_layout Description
34500 PostScript format using the program
34505 \begin_layout Description
34513 \begin_layout Standard
34518 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34519 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34525 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34528 \begin_layout Standard
34529 If one of the menu entries
34536 \begin_inset space ~
34545 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34546 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34547 \begin_inset space ~
34551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34553 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34558 \begin_inset Index idx
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 Reconfiguration of LyX
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34575 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34576 the export program.
34579 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34585 or send it to a printer.
34586 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34587 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34593 For more information have a look at section
34594 \begin_inset space ~
34598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34600 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34607 \begin_layout Subsection
34608 New and Close Window
34611 \begin_layout Standard
34612 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34613 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34616 \begin_layout Section
34618 \begin_inset Index idx
34621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34630 \begin_layout Subsection
34634 \begin_layout Standard
34635 Described in section
34636 \begin_inset space ~
34640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34642 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34649 \begin_layout Subsection
34650 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34653 \begin_layout Standard
34654 Described in section
34655 \begin_inset space ~
34659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34661 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34668 \begin_layout Subsection
34672 \begin_layout Standard
34673 Selects the whole document.
34676 \begin_layout Subsection
34680 \begin_layout Standard
34681 Described in section
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34688 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34695 \begin_layout Subsection
34696 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34699 \begin_layout Standard
34700 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34704 \begin_layout Subsection
34708 \begin_layout Standard
34709 Described in section
34710 \begin_inset space ~
34714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34716 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34723 \begin_layout Subsection
34725 \begin_inset Index idx
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34729 Paragraph ! Settings
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34740 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34744 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34745 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34754 \begin_inset space ~
34762 \begin_layout Subsection
34766 \begin_layout Standard
34767 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34769 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34770 The properties of tables are described in section
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sec:Tables"
34781 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34782 \begin_inset space ~
34786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34788 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34795 \begin_layout Subsection
34796 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34799 \begin_layout Standard
34800 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34802 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34803 \begin_inset space ~
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "sec:Nesting"
34814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34816 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34823 \begin_layout Section
34825 \begin_inset Index idx
34828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34837 \begin_layout Standard
34842 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34843 document with an external program.
34844 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34845 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34846 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34847 \begin_inset space ~
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34853 reference "sub:Export"
34858 You should at least see the menu entries
34865 \begin_inset space ~
34871 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34872 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34873 \begin_inset space ~
34877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34879 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34884 \begin_inset Index idx
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 Reconfiguration of LyX
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34898 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34899 \begin_inset space ~
34903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34905 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34910 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34913 \begin_layout Standard
34914 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34917 At the bottom of the
34921 menu the opened documents are listed.
34924 \begin_layout Subsection
34925 Open/Close all Insets
34928 \begin_layout Standard
34929 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34932 \begin_layout Subsection
34933 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34937 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34940 \begin_layout Standard
34941 Math macros are described in the
34948 \begin_layout Subsection
34952 \begin_layout Standard
34953 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34955 \begin_inset space ~
34959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34961 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34968 \begin_layout Subsection
34972 \begin_layout Standard
34973 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34974 opening a new view window.
34977 \begin_layout Subsection
34981 \begin_layout Standard
34982 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34983 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34984 the same document, but at different positions.
34985 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34986 or more documents the same time.
34987 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34994 \begin_layout Subsection
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 Closes a split view.
35002 \begin_layout Subsection
35006 \begin_layout Standard
35007 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35008 that you will see nothing than your text.
35009 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35010 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35011 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35014 \begin_layout Subsection
35016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35018 name "sub:Toolbars"
35023 \begin_inset Index idx
35026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35036 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35037 All toolbars and the
35040 \begin_inset space ~
35045 can be turned on and off.
35050 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35071 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35075 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35082 \begin_layout Standard
35087 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35091 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35092 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35093 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35094 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35095 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35098 \begin_layout Standard
35099 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35100 \begin_inset space ~
35104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35106 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35113 \begin_layout Section
35115 \begin_inset Index idx
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Standard
35132 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35133 \begin_inset space ~
35137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35139 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35150 \begin_layout Subsection
35152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35154 name "sub:Special-Character"
35161 \begin_layout Standard
35162 Here you can insert the following characters:
35165 \begin_layout Description
35166 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35167 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35168 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35169 \begin_inset Newline newline
35173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35181 Not all characters will be visible in the
35185 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35193 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35197 ) can display every character.
35205 \begin_layout Description
35206 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35210 \begin_layout Description
35212 \begin_inset space ~
35216 \begin_inset space ~
35219 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35226 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35233 \begin_layout Description
35235 \begin_inset space ~
35238 Quote Inserts this quote:
35239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35242 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35244 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35254 \begin_layout Description
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35259 Quote Inserts this quote:
35260 \begin_inset Quotes els
35266 \begin_layout Description
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35271 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35275 \begin_layout Description
35277 \begin_inset space ~
35280 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35284 \begin_layout Description
35286 \begin_inset space ~
35289 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35293 \begin_layout Description
35295 \begin_inset space ~
35299 \begin_inset Index idx
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35309 \begin_inset Index idx
35312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35318 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35319 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35320 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35325 \begin_inset Index idx
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35335 \begin_inset Newline newline
35338 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35342 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35350 and this Wiki-page:
35351 \begin_inset Newline newline
35355 \begin_inset Flex URL
35358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35368 \begin_layout Subsection
35372 \begin_layout Standard
35373 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35376 \begin_layout Description
35377 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35378 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35384 \begin_layout Description
35385 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35386 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35392 \begin_layout Description
35394 \begin_inset space ~
35397 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35398 \begin_inset space ~
35402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35404 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35411 \begin_layout Description
35413 \begin_inset space ~
35416 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35423 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35430 \begin_layout Description
35432 \begin_inset space ~
35435 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35442 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35449 \begin_layout Description
35451 \begin_inset space ~
35454 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35468 \begin_layout Description
35470 \begin_inset space ~
35473 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35492 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35506 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35511 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35518 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35525 \begin_layout Description
35527 \begin_inset space ~
35530 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35531 \begin_inset space ~
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35537 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35544 \begin_layout Description
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset space ~
35553 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35554 \begin_inset space ~
35558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35560 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35567 \begin_layout Description
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35572 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35573 text line to the page border, see section
35574 \begin_inset space ~
35578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35580 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35587 \begin_layout Description
35589 \begin_inset space ~
35592 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35593 \begin_inset space ~
35597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35599 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35606 \begin_layout Description
35608 \begin_inset space ~
35611 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35612 text page to the page border, described in section
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35619 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35626 \begin_layout Description
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35631 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35638 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35645 \begin_layout Description
35647 \begin_inset space ~
35651 \begin_inset space ~
35654 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35655 \begin_inset space ~
35659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35661 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35668 \begin_layout Subsection
35672 \begin_layout Standard
35673 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35674 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35676 \begin_inset space ~
35680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35682 reference "sec:toc"
35687 The index list is described in section
35688 \begin_inset space ~
35692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35694 reference "sec:Index"
35698 , the nomenclature in section
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35705 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35709 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35710 \begin_inset space ~
35714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35716 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35723 \begin_layout Subsection
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 To insert floats, described in section
35729 \begin_inset space ~
35733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35735 reference "sec:Floats"
35742 \begin_layout Subsection
35746 \begin_layout Standard
35747 To insert notes, described in section
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35754 reference "sec:Notes"
35761 \begin_layout Subsection
35765 \begin_layout Standard
35766 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35767 \begin_inset space ~
35771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35773 reference "sec:Branches"
35780 \begin_layout Subsection
35782 \begin_inset Index idx
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35794 \begin_layout Standard
35795 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35796 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35807 \begin_layout Subsection
35809 \begin_inset Index idx
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35822 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35823 \begin_inset space ~
35827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35829 reference "sec:Minipages"
35834 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35845 \begin_layout Subsection
35849 \begin_layout Standard
35850 Inserts a citation as described in section
35851 \begin_inset space ~
35855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35857 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35864 \begin_layout Subsection
35868 \begin_layout Standard
35869 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35870 \begin_inset space ~
35874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35876 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35883 \begin_layout Subsection
35887 \begin_layout Standard
35888 Inserts a label as described in section
35889 \begin_inset space ~
35893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35895 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35902 \begin_layout Subsection
35904 \begin_inset Index idx
35907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 \begin_inset Index idx
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35918 Longtables ! Caption
35926 \begin_layout Standard
35927 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35928 Floats are described in section
35929 \begin_inset space ~
35933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35935 reference "sec:Floats"
35939 , captions in longtables are described in section
35950 \begin_layout Subsection
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35956 \begin_inset space ~
35960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35962 reference "sec:Index"
35969 \begin_layout Subsection
35973 \begin_layout Standard
35974 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35975 \begin_inset space ~
35979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35981 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35988 \begin_layout Subsection
35992 \begin_layout Standard
35994 Tables are described in section
35995 \begin_inset space ~
35999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36001 reference "sec:Tables"
36008 \begin_layout Subsection
36012 \begin_layout Standard
36014 Graphics are described in section
36015 \begin_inset space ~
36019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36021 reference "sec:Graphics"
36028 \begin_layout Subsection
36032 \begin_layout Standard
36033 Inserts an URL as described in section
36034 \begin_inset space ~
36038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36040 reference "sub:URLs"
36047 \begin_layout Subsection
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36052 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36053 \begin_inset space ~
36057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36059 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36066 \begin_layout Subsection
36070 \begin_layout Standard
36071 Inserts a footnote, see section
36072 \begin_inset space ~
36076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36078 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36085 \begin_layout Subsection
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36090 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36091 \begin_inset space ~
36095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36097 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36104 \begin_layout Subsection
36108 \begin_layout Standard
36109 Inserts a short title, see section
36110 \begin_inset space ~
36114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36116 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36123 \begin_layout Subsection
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36128 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36129 \begin_inset space ~
36133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36135 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36142 \begin_layout Subsection
36144 \begin_inset Index idx
36147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 \begin_layout Standard
36157 Inserts a program listings box.
36158 Program listings are explained in chapter
36160 Program Code Listings
36169 \begin_layout Subsection
36173 \begin_layout Standard
36174 Inserts the actual date.
36175 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36177 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36187 There the different methods are also compared.
36190 \begin_layout Section
36192 \begin_inset Index idx
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36204 \begin_layout Standard
36205 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36206 \begin_inset space ~
36209 of the current document.
36210 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36213 \begin_layout Subsection
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36218 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36219 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36225 \begin_inset space \space{}
36229 \begin_inset space ~
36233 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36237 2.5 and use the menu
36240 \begin_inset space ~
36244 \begin_inset space ~
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36267 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36271 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36277 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36285 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36288 \begin_layout Subsection
36289 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36297 \begin_layout Subsection
36301 \begin_layout Standard
36302 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36303 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36304 on a cross-reference box.
36307 \begin_layout Section
36309 \begin_inset Index idx
36312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36321 \begin_layout Subsection
36325 \begin_layout Standard
36326 Change Tracking is described in section
36327 \begin_inset space ~
36331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36333 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36340 \begin_layout Subsection
36345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36358 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36361 \begin_layout Standard
36362 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36367 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36370 \begin_layout Subsection
36374 \begin_layout Standard
36375 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36376 \begin_inset space ~
36380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36382 reference "sec:Navigating"
36387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36389 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36396 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 Start Appendix Here
36400 \begin_layout Standard
36401 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36402 position as described in section
36403 \begin_inset space ~
36407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36409 reference "sec:Appendices"
36416 \begin_layout Subsection
36420 \begin_layout Standard
36421 Un/compresses the current document.
36424 \begin_layout Subsection
36428 \begin_layout Standard
36429 The document settings are described in appendix
36430 \begin_inset space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36443 \begin_layout Section
36445 \begin_inset Index idx
36448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36457 \begin_layout Subsection
36461 \begin_layout Standard
36462 Spell checking is explained in section
36463 \begin_inset space ~
36467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36469 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36476 \begin_layout Subsection
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36481 The thesaurus is described in section
36482 \begin_inset space ~
36486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36488 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36497 \begin_inset Index idx
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36507 \begin_inset Index idx
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 \begin_layout Standard
36520 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36521 highlighted document part.
36524 \begin_layout Subsection
36526 \begin_inset Index idx
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36539 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36542 \begin_layout Subsection
36544 \begin_inset Index idx
36547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36559 Reconfiguration of LyX
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 \begin_inset Index idx
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36580 Reconfiguration of LyX
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36589 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36590 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36591 \begin_inset space ~
36595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36597 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36604 \begin_layout Subsection
36608 \begin_layout Standard
36609 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36616 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36623 \begin_layout Section
36625 \begin_inset Index idx
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36646 \begin_inset space ~
36651 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36652 found by LyX (see also section
36653 \begin_inset space ~
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36659 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36666 \begin_layout Section
36668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36670 name "sec:Toolbars"
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36679 \begin_inset space ~
36683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36685 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36694 This is described in the
36696 Additional Features
36701 \begin_layout Subsection
36703 \begin_inset Index idx
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 \begin_inset Graphics
36717 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36732 \begin_layout Standard
36733 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 \begin_inset Note Note
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36759 manual for more information.
36767 \begin_layout Standard
36768 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36774 \begin_layout Standard
36775 \begin_inset Tabular
36776 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36777 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36785 \begin_inset Graphics
36786 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36813 \begin_layout Standard
36814 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36822 \begin_inset Tabular
36823 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36824 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36825 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36826 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 \begin_inset Graphics
36835 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36863 \begin_inset Graphics
36864 filename ../images/file-open.png
36865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36880 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 \begin_inset Graphics
36893 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 \begin_inset Graphics
36922 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 \begin_inset Graphics
36951 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36967 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 \begin_inset Graphics
36980 filename ../images/undo.png
36981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 \begin_inset Graphics
37009 filename ../images/redo.png
37010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 \begin_inset Graphics
37038 filename ../images/cut.png
37039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 \begin_inset Graphics
37067 filename ../images/copy.png
37068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37095 \begin_inset Graphics
37096 filename ../images/paste.png
37097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37124 \begin_inset Graphics
37125 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37127 rotateOrigin center
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 \begin_inset Graphics
37163 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37179 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37181 \begin_inset space ~
37192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 \begin_inset Graphics
37198 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37212 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37214 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37216 \begin_inset space ~
37227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 \begin_inset Graphics
37233 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 Formats text using the current settings in the
37249 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37251 \begin_inset space ~
37262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37267 \begin_inset Graphics
37268 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37269 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37285 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37287 \begin_inset space ~
37296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 \begin_inset Graphics
37302 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37304 rotateOrigin center
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_inset Graphics
37332 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37334 rotateOrigin center
37343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 \begin_inset Graphics
37362 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37364 rotateOrigin center
37373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 Toggle outline window on/off,
37379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37391 \begin_inset Graphics
37392 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37394 rotateOrigin center
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 \begin_inset Graphics
37419 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37421 rotateOrigin center
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37447 \begin_layout Subsection
37449 \begin_inset Index idx
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 \begin_inset Graphics
37463 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37471 \begin_layout Standard
37472 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37478 \begin_layout Standard
37479 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37483 \begin_layout Standard
37484 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37490 \begin_layout Standard
37491 \begin_inset Tabular
37492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37493 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37494 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37495 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 \begin_inset Graphics
37502 filename ../images/layout.png
37503 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37504 rotateOrigin center
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Graphics
37529 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37531 rotateOrigin center
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 \begin_inset Graphics
37556 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37558 rotateOrigin center
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37585 rotateOrigin center
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 \begin_inset Graphics
37610 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37612 rotateOrigin center
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37636 \begin_inset Graphics
37637 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37639 rotateOrigin center
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37660 \begin_inset space ~
37669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 \begin_inset Graphics
37675 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37676 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37677 rotateOrigin center
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37694 \begin_inset space ~
37698 \begin_inset space ~
37707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37712 \begin_inset Graphics
37713 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37730 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 \begin_inset Graphics
37743 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37760 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_inset Graphics
37773 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37796 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37801 \begin_inset Graphics
37802 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37803 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37825 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37830 \begin_inset Graphics
37831 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37832 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37859 \begin_inset Graphics
37860 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37878 \begin_inset space ~
37887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 \begin_inset Graphics
37893 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37911 \begin_inset space ~
37920 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37925 \begin_inset Graphics
37926 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37927 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37954 \begin_inset Graphics
37955 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37957 rotateOrigin center
37966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37974 \begin_inset space ~
37983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37988 \begin_inset Graphics
37989 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38006 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38008 \begin_inset space ~
38017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 \begin_inset Graphics
38023 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38051 \begin_inset Graphics
38052 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 \begin_inset Graphics
38081 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 \begin_inset Graphics
38125 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38142 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset Graphics
38155 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38172 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 \begin_inset Graphics
38189 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38191 rotateOrigin center
38200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38208 \begin_inset space ~
38217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 \begin_inset Graphics
38223 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38225 rotateOrigin center
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38242 \begin_inset space ~
38251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38256 \begin_inset Graphics
38257 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38259 rotateOrigin center
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38288 \begin_layout Subsection
38289 View / Update Toolbar
38290 \begin_inset Index idx
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 Toolbar ! View / Update
38302 \begin_layout Standard
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38311 \begin_layout Standard
38312 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38318 \begin_layout Standard
38319 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38323 \begin_layout Standard
38324 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38330 \begin_layout Standard
38331 \begin_inset Tabular
38332 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38333 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38335 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 \begin_inset Graphics
38342 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38344 rotateOrigin center
38353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 \begin_inset Graphics
38372 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38374 rotateOrigin center
38383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38390 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 \begin_inset Graphics
38403 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38404 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38405 rotateOrigin center
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38432 \begin_inset Graphics
38433 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38435 rotateOrigin center
38444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38450 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38451 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38463 \begin_inset Graphics
38464 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38466 rotateOrigin center
38475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38496 rotateOrigin center
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38526 \begin_layout Subsection
38530 \begin_layout Standard
38531 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38538 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38542 , the table toolbar
38543 \begin_inset Index idx
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38556 manual, the math macro toolbar
38557 \begin_inset Index idx
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 \begin_layout Chapter
38574 The Document Settings
38575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38577 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38582 \begin_inset Index idx
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 Document ! Settings
38594 \begin_layout Standard
38595 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38596 whole document and is called with the menu
38598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38602 You can save your document settings as default with th
38604 e Save as Document Defaults
38606 button in the dialog.
38607 This will create a template name
38615 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38619 \begin_layout Standard
38620 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38623 \begin_layout Section
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38630 Document classes are described in section
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38637 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38642 Some classes use some class options by default.
38643 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38647 and you can decide to use them or not.
38648 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38649 recommended not to touch them.
38650 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38656 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38657 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38662 When you want one of the following drivers
38663 \begin_inset Newline newline
38666 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38667 \begin_inset Newline newline
38670 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38675 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38677 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38691 child or subdocument.
38692 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38693 without its master.
38694 This way child documents are always compileable.
38695 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38706 \begin_layout Section
38710 \begin_layout Standard
38711 Modules are explained in section
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38718 reference "sub:Modules"
38725 \begin_layout Section
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 The document font settings are described in section
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38744 \begin_layout Section
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38751 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38755 \begin_layout Standard
38756 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38757 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38758 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38761 \begin_layout Standard
38762 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38770 \begin_layout Section
38774 \begin_layout Standard
38775 A description of this menu is given in section
38776 \begin_inset space ~
38780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38782 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38789 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38796 \begin_layout Section
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38802 \begin_inset space ~
38806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38808 reference "sub:Margins"
38815 \begin_layout Section
38817 \begin_inset Index idx
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 Language ! Encoding
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38830 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38831 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38832 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38833 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38834 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38835 known for a particular character).
38839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38840 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38841 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38846 manual for details.
38854 \begin_layout Standard
38855 If you use the option
38859 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38860 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38861 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38862 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38863 exactly one encoding.
38864 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38873 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38874 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38876 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38877 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38893 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38894 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38895 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38896 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38897 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38902 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38903 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38904 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38907 \begin_layout Standard
38908 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38911 \begin_layout Description
38913 \begin_inset space ~
38917 \begin_inset space ~
38921 \begin_inset space ~
38928 , but the LaTeX-package
38933 \begin_inset Index idx
38936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38937 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38943 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38944 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38945 languages in TeX code.
38948 \begin_layout Description
38949 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38950 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38951 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38954 \begin_layout Description
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38963 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38966 \begin_layout Description
38968 \begin_inset space ~
38972 \begin_inset space ~
38975 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38978 \begin_layout Description
38980 \begin_inset space ~
38983 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38986 \begin_layout Description
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38992 \begin_inset space ~
38995 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38996 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38999 \begin_layout Description
39001 \begin_inset space ~
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39008 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39012 \begin_layout Description
39014 \begin_inset space ~
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39021 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39022 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39025 \begin_layout Description
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39038 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39045 \begin_layout Description
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39051 \begin_inset space ~
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39058 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39059 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39062 \begin_layout Description
39064 \begin_inset space ~
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39071 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39072 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39073 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_layout Description
39086 \begin_inset space ~
39090 \begin_inset space ~
39093 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39094 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39095 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39096 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39097 \begin_inset space ~
39101 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_layout Description
39109 \begin_inset space ~
39113 \begin_inset space ~
39116 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39119 \begin_layout Description
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39128 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39131 \begin_layout Description
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39140 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39143 \begin_layout Description
39145 \begin_inset space ~
39148 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39151 \begin_layout Description
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39156 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39159 \begin_layout Description
39161 \begin_inset space ~
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39168 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39171 \begin_layout Description
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39183 \begin_layout Description
39185 \begin_inset space ~
39189 \begin_inset space ~
39192 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39207 \begin_layout Description
39209 \begin_inset space ~
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39216 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39221 \begin_inset Index idx
39224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39225 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39230 , when using this, set the document language to
39235 \begin_layout Description
39237 \begin_inset space ~
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39244 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39248 , when using this, set the document language to
39253 \begin_layout Description
39255 \begin_inset space ~
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39262 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39267 \begin_inset Index idx
39270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39271 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39276 , when using this, set the document language to
39281 \begin_layout Description
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset space ~
39290 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39294 , when using this, set the document language to
39299 \begin_layout Description
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39308 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39312 , when using this, set the document language to
39317 \begin_layout Description
39319 \begin_inset space ~
39322 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39325 \begin_layout Description
39327 \begin_inset space ~
39331 \begin_inset space ~
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39338 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39341 \begin_layout Description
39343 \begin_inset space ~
39347 \begin_inset space ~
39351 \begin_inset space ~
39354 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39355 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39356 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39359 \begin_layout Description
39361 \begin_inset space ~
39365 \begin_inset space ~
39371 \begin_layout Description
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39380 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39381 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39384 \begin_layout Description
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39390 \begin_inset space ~
39393 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39398 \begin_inset Index idx
39401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39402 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39407 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39410 \begin_layout Description
39412 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39419 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39423 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39432 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39433 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39447 \begin_layout Description
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39456 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39461 \begin_inset Index idx
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39465 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39470 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39473 \begin_layout Description
39475 \begin_inset space ~
39478 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39483 \begin_inset Index idx
39486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39487 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39493 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39497 \begin_layout Description
39499 \begin_inset space ~
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39510 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_layout Description
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39527 \begin_inset space ~
39530 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39531 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39532 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39536 \begin_layout Description
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39542 \begin_inset space ~
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39549 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39550 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39553 \begin_layout Section
39557 \begin_layout Standard
39558 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39566 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39573 \begin_layout Section
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39583 \begin_inset Index idx
39586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39597 \begin_inset Index idx
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39601 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39607 For a further description see section
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39614 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39621 \begin_layout Section
39625 \begin_layout Standard
39626 The PDF properties are explained in section
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39633 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39640 \begin_layout Section
39644 \begin_layout Standard
39645 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39650 \begin_inset Index idx
39653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39654 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39664 \begin_inset Index idx
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39668 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39673 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39676 \begin_layout Standard
39681 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39682 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39685 \begin_layout Standard
39690 is used for special integral characters.
39693 \begin_layout Section
39697 \begin_layout Standard
39698 The float placement options are described in section
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39705 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39712 \begin_layout Section
39716 \begin_layout Standard
39717 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39718 The itemize environment is described in section
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39725 reference "sec:Itemize"
39732 \begin_layout Section
39736 \begin_layout Standard
39737 Branches are described in section
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39744 reference "sec:Branches"
39751 \begin_layout Section
39756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 \begin_layout Standard
39767 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39768 to define LaTeX-commands.
39769 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39770 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39774 \begin_layout Standard
39775 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39776 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39782 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39789 \begin_layout Chapter
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39797 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39802 \begin_inset Index idx
39805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39814 \begin_layout Standard
39815 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39817 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39821 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39824 \begin_layout Section
39828 \begin_layout Subsection
39832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39833 User Interface File
39834 \begin_inset Index idx
39837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39838 Customization ! of toolbars
39844 \begin_inset Index idx
39847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39848 Customization ! of menus
39856 \begin_layout Standard
39857 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39865 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39874 \begin_layout Standard
39875 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39876 interface (ui) file.
39877 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39878 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39887 Both files are loaded by the
39892 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39893 files and edit the entries.
39896 \begin_layout Standard
39897 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39909 entries must be ended with an explicit
39934 and in the case of the
39935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39947 The syntax for the entries is:
39950 \begin_layout Standard
39951 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39979 \begin_layout Standard
39981 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39984 All LyX-functions are listed in
39985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39994 \begin_layout Standard
39995 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40001 \begin_layout Standard
40002 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40004 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40007 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40011 \begin_layout Standard
40012 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40017 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40020 \begin_layout Standard
40022 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40025 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40035 Enable tool tips in main work area
40037 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40045 \begin_layout Standard
40049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40056 restoring of window layout and geometries
40058 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40059 in the last LyX session.
40062 \begin_layout Standard
40065 Restore cursor positions
40067 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40071 \begin_layout Standard
40074 Load opened files from last session
40076 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40083 name "sub:Backup documents"
40088 \begin_inset Index idx
40091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40100 \begin_layout Standard
40105 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40108 \begin_layout Standard
40113 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40116 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_layout Standard
40129 Open documents in tabs
40131 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40135 \begin_layout Subsection
40137 \begin_inset Index idx
40140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40149 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 This section only deals with the fonts
40174 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40178 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40189 \begin_layout Standard
40190 By default, LyX uses
40194 as roman (serif) font,
40202 (depends on the system) as
40205 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_layout Standard
40222 You can change the font size with the
40227 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40228 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40231 \begin_layout Standard
40236 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40237 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40242 points have the size of 1
40243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40247 \begin_inset space ~
40251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40253 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40260 \begin_layout Standard
40265 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40270 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40271 \begin_inset space ~
40275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40277 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40287 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40289 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40290 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40291 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40292 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40294 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40295 \begin_inset space ~
40301 \begin_layout Subsection
40303 \begin_inset Index idx
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40313 \begin_inset Index idx
40316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40325 \begin_layout Standard
40326 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40327 Choose an item in the list and use the
40334 \begin_layout Subsection
40336 \begin_inset Index idx
40339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 Settings ! Graphics
40348 \begin_layout Standard
40349 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40352 \begin_layout Standard
40357 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40358 This feature is described in section
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40365 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40372 \begin_layout Section
40374 \begin_inset Index idx
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40386 \begin_layout Subsection
40390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40397 Cursor follows scrollbar
40399 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40403 \begin_layout Standard
40406 Sort environments alphabetically
40408 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40414 Group environments by their category
40416 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40419 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40423 \begin_layout Standard
40424 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40429 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40430 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40434 \begin_layout Subsection
40436 \begin_inset Index idx
40439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40446 \begin_inset Index idx
40449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40450 Settings ! Shortcuts
40458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40463 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40464 Several binding files are available:
40467 \begin_layout Description
40468 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40471 \begin_layout Description
40472 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40483 \begin_layout Description
40484 mac.bind set of bindings for
40487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40495 \begin_layout Standard
40496 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40500 , and bind files for special languages.
40501 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40506 \begin_inset space \space{}
40510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40518 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Some bind-files, like
40527 , have only a small scope.
40528 When looking at the the end of the file
40532 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40539 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40544 \begin_inset Index idx
40547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 Key Bindings ! Editing
40556 \begin_layout Standard
40557 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40558 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40559 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40562 Show key-bindings containing
40565 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40566 Insert there for example as keyword
40567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40574 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40584 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40585 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40589 that you find in the
40596 \begin_layout Standard
40598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40602 \begin_inset space \space{}
40613 , select the function and press the
40618 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40619 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40620 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40621 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40622 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40624 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40626 The binding for the function
40630 is an example for this.
40633 \begin_layout Standard
40634 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40636 The syntax of the entries is:
40639 \begin_layout Standard
40645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40663 \begin_layout Subsection
40665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40675 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40680 \begin_inset Index idx
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40690 \begin_inset Index idx
40693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40694 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40704 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40710 \begin_inset space \space{}
40713 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40714 can use the keyboard map file named
40721 \begin_layout Standard
40722 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40738 \begin_layout Standard
40739 Besides this, you can specify here the
40741 Wheel scrolling speed
40744 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40748 \begin_layout Subsection
40750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40752 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40757 \begin_inset Index idx
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40769 \begin_layout Standard
40770 Input completion is described in sec.
40771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40777 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40782 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40784 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40785 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40789 \begin_layout Section
40791 \begin_inset Index idx
40794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 \begin_inset Index idx
40804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40813 \begin_layout Description
40815 \begin_inset space ~
40818 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40819 It is the default when you
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40838 \begin_layout Description
40840 \begin_inset space ~
40843 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40851 \begin_inset space ~
40859 \begin_layout Description
40861 \begin_inset space ~
40864 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40870 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40874 \begin_inset Newline newline
40878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40890 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40898 \begin_layout Description
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset Index idx
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40913 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40914 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40915 \begin_inset space ~
40919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40921 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40929 will be used to save the backups.
40930 \begin_inset Newline newline
40933 The backup files have the ending
40934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40944 \begin_layout Description
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40957 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40958 \begin_inset Newline newline
40962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40978 \begin_layout Description
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40983 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40986 \begin_layout Description
40988 \begin_inset space ~
40991 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40992 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40993 to find it on the system.
40994 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40995 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41004 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41005 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41009 \begin_layout Section
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41015 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41017 \begin_inset space ~
41021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41023 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41027 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41030 \begin_layout Section
41032 \begin_inset Index idx
41035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 Language ! Settings
41042 \begin_inset Index idx
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 Settings ! Language
41054 \begin_layout Subsection
41058 \begin_layout Description
41060 \begin_inset space ~
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41067 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41068 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41069 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41070 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41071 You find the actual translation status here:
41072 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41074 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41075 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41082 \begin_layout Description
41084 \begin_inset space ~
41087 language is the language used in new documents
41090 \begin_layout Description
41092 \begin_inset space ~
41095 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41097 The default is the LaTeX-command
41103 that loads the package
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41119 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41129 \begin_inset Newline newline
41136 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41137 the document language.
41138 A text label is for instance the word
41139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41146 at the beginning of every table caption.
41149 \begin_layout Description
41151 \begin_inset space ~
41154 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41155 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41156 An example is the start command
41162 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41182 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41187 \begin_layout Description
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41197 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41198 command toggles the package on and off.
41201 \begin_layout Description
41203 \begin_inset space ~
41213 \begin_layout Description
41214 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41215 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41216 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41217 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41224 \begin_layout Description
41226 \begin_inset space ~
41229 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41231 When this option is not set, the
41234 \begin_inset space ~
41239 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41240 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41251 \begin_layout Description
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41259 \begin_inset space ~
41265 When it is not set, the
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41273 is set to the end of the document.
41276 \begin_layout Description
41278 \begin_inset space ~
41282 \begin_inset space ~
41285 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41286 language will be underlined blue.
41289 \begin_layout Description
41291 \begin_inset space ~
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41298 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41299 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41302 \begin_layout Description
41304 \begin_inset space ~
41307 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41308 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41309 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41310 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41313 \begin_layout Subsection
41317 \begin_layout Standard
41318 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41319 \begin_inset space ~
41323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41325 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41332 \begin_layout Section
41336 \begin_layout Subsection
41338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41345 \begin_inset Index idx
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 \begin_inset Index idx
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 \begin_layout Description
41369 \begin_inset space ~
41372 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41373 The name will be used when the
41378 \begin_inset Newline newline
41382 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41390 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41399 \begin_layout Description
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41405 \begin_inset space ~
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41412 printer This option works only for the
41417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41429 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41430 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41433 \begin_layout Description
41435 \begin_inset space ~
41438 command is the command LyX
41439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41446 LaTeX uses for printing.
41447 The default is on most systems
41454 \begin_layout Description
41456 \begin_inset space ~
41460 \begin_inset space ~
41463 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41464 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41465 of the program that provides the
41472 \begin_layout Subsection
41474 \begin_inset Index idx
41477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 \begin_inset Index idx
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 Settings ! Date format
41496 \begin_layout Standard
41497 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41498 \begin_inset Newline newline
41502 \begin_inset Flex URL
41505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41513 \begin_inset Newline newline
41516 For example the format
41517 \begin_inset Newline newline
41521 \begin_inset Newline newline
41524 prints the date as day/month/year.
41527 \begin_layout Subsection
41531 \begin_layout Description
41533 \begin_inset space ~
41537 \begin_inset space ~
41540 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41543 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41544 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41546 \begin_inset space ~
41552 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41556 \begin_layout Description
41558 \begin_inset space ~
41561 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41566 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41567 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41570 \begin_layout Subsection
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41585 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41590 \begin_inset Index idx
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 \begin_layout Description
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41618 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41623 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41645 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41658 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41659 LyX sets up in the background.
41660 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41663 \begin_layout Description
41665 \begin_inset space ~
41669 \begin_inset space ~
41672 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41677 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41680 \begin_layout Standard
41681 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41682 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41683 manuals of the applications.
41684 Currently the following commands can be set:
41687 \begin_layout Description
41692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 \begin_inset space ~
41703 command Command for the program
41707 that is described in section
41713 Additional Features
41718 \begin_layout Description
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41731 \begin_inset space ~
41734 command Command for the program
41738 that generates the bibliography, see section
41739 \begin_inset space ~
41743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41745 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41752 \begin_layout Description
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41757 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41764 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41771 \begin_layout Description
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41776 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41783 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41790 \begin_layout Description
41792 \begin_inset space ~
41796 \begin_inset space ~
41800 \begin_inset space ~
41804 \begin_inset space ~
41807 options They only have an effect when the program
41811 is used as DVI-viewer.
41814 \begin_layout Standard
41815 There are additionally the following options:
41818 \begin_layout Description
41820 \begin_inset space ~
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41828 \begin_inset space ~
41832 \begin_inset space ~
41836 \begin_inset space ~
41839 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41857 to separate folders.
41858 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41859 \begin_inset Index idx
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 \begin_inset Index idx
41872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 \begin_layout Description
41883 \begin_inset space ~
41887 \begin_inset space ~
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41895 \begin_inset space ~
41899 \begin_inset space ~
41903 \begin_inset space ~
41906 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41911 dialog when changing the document class.
41914 \begin_layout Section
41916 \begin_inset space ~
41920 \begin_inset Index idx
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41932 \begin_layout Subsection
41934 \begin_inset Index idx
41937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 \begin_layout Standard
41947 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41948 from one format to another.
41949 You can modify them or create new ones.
41950 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41957 \begin_inset space ~
41967 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41971 \begin_inset space ~
41976 drop-down list, modify the
41980 field, and press the
41987 \begin_layout Standard
41990 Converter File Cache
41992 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41995 Maximum Age (in days
41998 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41999 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42003 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42004 the converter definition, is described in section
42015 \begin_layout Subsection
42017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42019 name "sec:File-Formats"
42024 \begin_inset Index idx
42027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42034 \begin_inset Index idx
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 \begin_layout Standard
42047 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42048 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42052 \begin_layout Standard
42053 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42054 is described in section
42065 \begin_layout Standard
42066 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42067 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42068 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42069 This is done by specifying a
42074 More about this is described in section
42085 \begin_layout Chapter
42086 Units available in LyX
42087 \begin_inset Index idx
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42099 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42106 \begin_layout Standard
42107 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42110 reference "cap:Units"
42114 explains all units available in LyX.
42117 \begin_layout Standard
42118 \begin_inset Float table
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42125 \begin_inset Caption
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42143 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42151 \begin_inset Tabular
42152 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42153 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 scaled point (65536
42307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42367 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42422 % of original image width
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42636 \begin_layout Chapter
42638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42647 \begin_layout Standard
42648 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42649 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42652 \begin_layout Itemize
42655 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42658 \begin_layout Itemize
42664 \begin_layout Itemize
42670 \begin_layout Itemize
42676 \begin_layout Itemize
42682 \begin_layout Itemize
42688 \begin_layout Itemize
42694 \begin_layout Itemize
42700 \begin_layout Itemize
42703 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42706 \begin_layout Itemize
42712 \begin_layout Itemize
42718 \begin_layout Itemize
42724 \begin_layout Itemize
42730 \begin_layout Itemize
42736 \begin_layout Itemize
42742 \begin_layout Itemize
42748 \begin_layout Itemize
42754 \begin_layout Itemize
42756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42765 \begin_layout Standard
42766 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42769 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42776 \begin_layout Bibliography
42777 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42778 LatexCommand bibitem
42785 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42788 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42793 \begin_inset Newline newline
42797 \begin_inset Flex URL
42800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42802 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42810 \begin_layout Bibliography
42811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42812 LatexCommand bibitem
42813 key "latexcompanion"
42817 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42819 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42822 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42825 \begin_layout Bibliography
42826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42827 LatexCommand bibitem
42832 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42835 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42838 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42841 \begin_layout Bibliography
42842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42843 LatexCommand bibitem
42850 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42853 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42856 \begin_layout Bibliography
42857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42858 LatexCommand bibitem
42870 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42873 \begin_layout Bibliography
42874 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42875 LatexCommand bibitem
42881 \begin_inset Newline newline
42885 \begin_inset Flex URL
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42898 \begin_layout Bibliography
42899 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42900 LatexCommand bibitem
42906 \begin_inset Newline newline
42910 \begin_inset Flex URL
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42915 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42923 \begin_layout Bibliography
42924 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42925 LatexCommand bibitem
42931 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42933 name "Documentation"
42934 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42943 \begin_inset Newline newline
42947 \begin_inset Flex URL
42950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42952 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42960 \begin_layout Bibliography
42961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42962 LatexCommand bibitem
42968 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42970 name "Documentation"
42971 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
42975 how to use the program
42980 \begin_inset Newline newline
42984 \begin_inset Flex URL
42987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
42997 \begin_layout Bibliography
42998 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42999 LatexCommand bibitem
43005 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43007 name "Documentation"
43008 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43017 \begin_inset Newline newline
43021 \begin_inset Flex URL
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43034 \begin_layout Bibliography
43035 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43036 LatexCommand bibitem
43042 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43044 name "Documentation"
43045 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43054 \begin_inset Newline newline
43058 \begin_inset Flex URL
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43063 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43071 \begin_layout Bibliography
43072 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43073 LatexCommand bibitem
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43081 name "Documentation"
43082 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43086 of the LaTeX-package
43091 \begin_inset Index idx
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43101 \begin_inset Newline newline
43105 \begin_inset Flex URL
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43118 \begin_layout Bibliography
43119 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43120 LatexCommand bibitem
43126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43128 name "Documentation"
43129 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43133 of the LaTeX-package
43138 \begin_inset Index idx
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43148 \begin_inset Newline newline
43152 \begin_inset Flex URL
43155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43157 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43165 \begin_layout Bibliography
43166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43167 LatexCommand bibitem
43175 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43177 name "Documentation"
43178 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43184 of the LaTeX-package
43189 \begin_inset Index idx
43192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43193 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43199 \begin_inset Newline newline
43203 \begin_inset Flex URL
43206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43208 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43216 \begin_layout Bibliography
43217 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43218 LatexCommand bibitem
43224 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43226 name "Documentation"
43227 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43231 of the LaTeX-package
43236 \begin_inset Index idx
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43246 \begin_inset Newline newline
43250 \begin_inset Flex URL
43253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43255 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43263 \begin_layout Bibliography
43264 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43265 LatexCommand bibitem
43271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43273 name "Documentation"
43274 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43278 of the LaTeX-package
43283 \begin_inset Index idx
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43287 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43293 \begin_inset Newline newline
43297 \begin_inset Flex URL
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43302 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43310 \begin_layout Bibliography
43311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43312 LatexCommand bibitem
43318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43320 name "Documentation"
43321 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43325 of the LaTeX-package
43330 \begin_inset Index idx
43333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43340 \begin_inset Newline newline
43344 \begin_inset Flex URL
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43349 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43357 \begin_layout Bibliography
43358 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43359 LatexCommand bibitem
43365 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43368 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43372 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43373 \begin_inset Newline newline
43377 \begin_inset Flex URL
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43382 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43390 \begin_layout Bibliography
43391 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43392 LatexCommand bibitem
43398 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43401 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43405 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43406 \begin_inset Newline newline
43410 \begin_inset Flex URL
43413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43415 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43423 \begin_layout Bibliography
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43425 LatexCommand bibitem
43431 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43434 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43438 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43439 \begin_inset Newline newline
43443 \begin_inset Flex URL
43446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43448 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43456 \begin_layout Bibliography
43457 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43458 LatexCommand bibitem
43464 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43467 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43471 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43472 \begin_inset Newline newline
43476 \begin_inset Flex URL
43479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43481 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43489 \begin_layout Bibliography
43490 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43491 LatexCommand bibitem
43497 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43500 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43504 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43505 \begin_inset Newline newline
43509 \begin_inset Flex URL
43512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43514 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43522 \begin_layout Bibliography
43523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43524 LatexCommand bibitem
43530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43537 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43538 \begin_inset Newline newline
43542 \begin_inset Flex URL
43545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43555 \begin_layout Bibliography
43556 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43557 LatexCommand bibitem
43563 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43566 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43570 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43571 \begin_inset Newline newline
43575 \begin_inset Flex URL
43578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43580 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43588 \begin_layout Bibliography
43589 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43590 LatexCommand bibitem
43596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43599 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43603 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43604 \begin_inset Newline newline
43608 \begin_inset Flex URL
43611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43613 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43621 \begin_layout Bibliography
43622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43623 LatexCommand bibitem
43629 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43632 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43636 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43637 \begin_inset Newline newline
43641 \begin_inset Flex URL
43644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43646 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43654 \begin_layout Bibliography
43655 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43656 LatexCommand bibitem
43662 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43665 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43669 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43670 \begin_inset Newline newline
43674 \begin_inset Flex URL
43677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43679 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43687 \begin_layout Bibliography
43688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43689 LatexCommand bibitem
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43698 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43702 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43703 \begin_inset Newline newline
43707 \begin_inset Flex URL
43710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43712 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43720 \begin_layout Bibliography
43721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43722 LatexCommand bibitem
43728 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43731 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43735 about new features in
43740 \begin_inset Newline newline
43744 \begin_inset Flex URL
43747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43749 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43757 \begin_layout Standard
43758 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43792 \begin_inset Note Note
43795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43802 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43803 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43804 bibliography is the second one:
43812 \begin_layout Standard
43813 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43814 LatexCommand bibtex
43815 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43816 options "biblio/alphadin"
43823 \begin_layout Standard
43824 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43827 \begin_layout Standard
43830 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43831 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43836 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43837 LatexCommand printindex